CHAPTER
SECTION
B
1 WHAT, WHERE, HOW AND WHEN ?
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-1
Solutions
1. Anyone can know, about what had happened so
many years ago, through evidences provided by
historians and archaeologist.
2. People travel now-a-days in search of livelihood,
to discover new and existing places. They also
travel to attend marriages, birthdays and to go on a
pilgrimage.
3. By writing on a hard surface, the writing lasts for a
longer period and it does not perish.
Difficulties :
The difficulty could be that writing on a hard
material is a laborious job and it cannot be erased
easily.
4. Yes, cloths have been found in various ancient
civilizations. Cotton, silk cloth, etc., have been
found in India, Iraq and China.
5. (i)—(b); (ii)—(a); (iii)—(d); (iv)—(c); (v)—(e)
WORKSHEET-2
Solutions
1. In the past, the coins were made of silver and
sometimes of gold. Now-a-days, the coins are made
of mixed alloys.
2. In dates, we mention the day month and year, and
these are counted from the birth of Jesus Christ.
3. The dates are 4700 years ago and 2500 years ago. We
use the letters B.C. which means Before Christ.
4. We will ask these five questions as given below :
(i) How old is our civilization ?
(ii) Are you able to read manuscripts written in
Harappan age ?
(iii) What is the meaning of inscriptions ?
(iv) How can you study the remains of any build-
ing?
(v) What did people eat in the past ?
5. The ordinary men did not keep a record of what
they did because they did not know how to read
and write. There was a specialized class of people
called ‘scribes’ who recorded all the events.
6. Kings : The king led a luxurious life. He made all
the decisions for the society and looked after their
S OLUT I ONS
6.
Manuscripts Inscriptions
The old books written Inscriptions are written
by hand are called man- on hard surfaces such as
uscripts. stone or metal.
7. Rasheeda’s question was how could anyone know
what had happened so many years ago. There are
various ways by which the people can know about
the past.
(i) By the study of remains left by the early men
in the form of tools, weapons, pots, pans, orna-
ments and coins.
(ii) By deciphering various inscriptions written on
hard surfaces which contain both scripts and
languages.
(iii) By various manuscripts, religious books, epics
and poems.
8. The archaeologists study the remains of buildings-
made of stone and bricks, paintings, sculpture and
they also dig under the surface of the earth to find
tools, weapons, pots, pans, ornaments and coins.
Tools and weapons could also had been made of
stone. Buildings were also made of stone.
welfare. They led the armies in war.
Farmers : They worked very hard to grow crops for
the people. They led an ordinary life, where they
could barely fulfil their basic needs.
7. Crafts persons are the people who make things at
home with simple tools and with the help of family
members. The different crafts are :
(i) Spinning and weaving of cloth on handlooms.
(ii) Blacksmiths.
(iii) Inlay work.
(iv) Pottery making.
(v) Tailoring.
Crafts persons may be both men and women. Some
crafts like the work of blacksmith can be done
mainly by men. Some others like pottery making is
done both by men and women.
8. The books dealt with all kind of subjects like
religious beliefs and practices, the life of the kings,
medicine and science. In addition, there were epics,
poems and plays. The most popular epics of India
are Ramayana and Mahabharata. I would like to
read these two books.
P-1

OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-3
Solutions
1. (b)
2. AD stands for two Latin words ‘Anno Domini’. Its
meaning is in the year of Lord (i.e., Christ).
3. The name Bharata was used for a group of people
who lived in the north-west and who are mentioned
in Rigveda. Later, it was used for the country.
4. Manuscripts are the hand written books which are
written on palm leaves.
5. Inscriptions are writings on hard surfaces such as
stone or metal.
6. The people of the Andaman Islands are engaged in
fishing, hunting and collecting forest produce.
7. ‘Past’ means what we have done or heard just a
minute before or a year before.
8. Manuscripts contained all kinds of subjects like
religious beliefs and practices, the lives of kings,
medicine and science. It also contained poems,
epics and plays. These were written in Sanskrit,
Prakrit and Tamil.
9. It comes from the word ‘Indus’, called ‘Sindhu’ in
Sanskrit. The Greeks and Iranians called it ‘Hindos’
or ‘Indos’ meaning the land to the east of the river
called India.
WORKSHEET-4
Solutions
1. (a)
2. The early Greeks and Iranians called India as
‘Hindos’.
3. Archaeologists are the people, who study about
the past using information from manuscripts,
inscriptions and archaeology.
4. Cartouche was a little frame in the Egyptian
inscriptions in which names of kings and queens
were enclosed.
5. Historians are the people who generally study
about the remains of buildings, made up of stones
and bricks, paintings and sculptures. They explore
to find tools , weapons, ornaments and coins.
6. (i) They moved in search of livelihood.
(ii) Men marched in armies to conquer the other
lands.
(iii) Merchants travelled with caravans or ships to
sell goods.
(iv) Some people travelled to discover new places.
P-2
The name Bharat was used by the people who
lived in the North-West. Later, it was used for the
country India.
10.
Now-a-days people travel in search of good jobs,
good education, to visit tourist places for business,
etc.
11. (i) This inscription has been found in Rosetta, a
town on the north coast of Egypt.
(ii) This inscription was written in three different
kinds of languages and scripts, i.e., Greek and
two forms of Egyptian.
(iii) In the inscription, the letter ‘A’ stands for a
bird.
P T O L M II S
K L I O P A D(T) R A
7. (i) About 4700 years ago, some of the earliest cities
flourished near the Indus river.
(ii) About 2500 years ago, cities were found on the
banks of the Ganga and along the sea coast.
8. As the earliest people gathered food, collected roots
and fruits from the forest, and also hunted animals
they were called skilled gatherers.
9. (i) AD stands for two Latin words, ‘Anno Domini’,
meaning ‘in the year of the Lord’ (i.e., Christ).
The year 2007, also written as AD 2007, means
2007 years after the birth of Christ.
(ii) BC stands for ‘Before Christ’, meaning before
the birth of Christ. For example, a time period
written as 200 BC means 200 years before the
birth of Christ. BC runs into countdown format
as 10..,9..,8..,7..,........1.. upto the time of Jesus
Christ’s birth and after his birth it started to run
in today’s date format, i.e., 1..,2..,3...., onwards.
10. (i) Archaeologists and historians are scholars who
study things that are made and used in the past
through the process of excavation.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 (ii) Manuscripts, inscriptions, tools, coins and mon-
uments are the sources of information used by
them to know about the past of the people.
(iii) Once these sources are found, learning about
WORKSHEET-5
Solutions
1. (d)
2. They do so in order to find out what people ate in
the past.
3. India, Bharat, Jambudweep and Hindustan.
4. In the pre-historic times, people lived along rivers
and in areas with ample plant and animal life.
5. Objects that are made of hard, imperishable
materials, tools, weapons, ornaments, coins made
of stone, bone or metal usually survive and give
valuable information about the past.
6. People in early days were hunters, herders, farmers,
rulers, musicians, merchants, priests, craftsmen,
artists and scientists.
7. Tributaries are smaller rivers that flow into a larger
river, e.g., the river Son is a tributary of the river
Ganga.
8. In the earlier times, writings were done on relatively
hard surfaces such as blacked clay, stone or metal.
Since, these objects were imperishable, these
writings usually survived for a long time.
9. It is important to study about our past as it gives
a lot of information regarding the political, social,
economic and cultural life of the people in the
earlier days. By studying about our past :
(i) We can find out about the eating habits, the
WORKSHEET-6
Solutions
1. (c)
2. (d)
3. (a) Indus. 6. The skills and knowledge needed in hunter-
(b) Manuscripts
(c) Archaeologists their need was to run much faster.
(d) Christianity
(e) detectives
4. (i) The People who lived on the bank of the river
Narmada were skilled gatherers. They were
aware of the vast wealth of the forest around
them. They collected roots, fruits and other
forest products for their food from these sur-
rounding forests.
(ii) They also hunted animals.
5. The word ‘source’ refers to the information
found from the manuscripts, inscriptions, coins
and monuments. It helps the historians in the
reconstruction of our past. These sources give a lot
S OLUT I ONS
the past becomes an adventure and gradually,
history is reconstructed. That is why, historians
and archaeologists use various sources to study
about our past.
clothing and housing pattern of the people of
the earlier times.
(ii) We can gather information about the lives of
hunters, farmers, merchants, priest, craftsmen,
musicians, poets and scientists.
(iii) We can learn about the lives of children, the
songs they sang, the plays they saw, the games
that they played and the kind of toys with
which they played.
10. (i) In the ancient days, people travelled from one
continent to the other. Natural barriers like hills
and rivers made travelling difficult at times, but
never impossible.
(ii) Men and women travelled in search of liveli-
hood and then to escape natural disasters like
flood or droughts.
(iii) Men in army travelled to conquer new terri-
tories and merchants travelled with caravans
to trade goods and services. Holy men trav-
elled from village to village imparting spiritual
knowledge among the masses.
(iv) The people who travelled the most were the
adventurers who wanted to explore new lands
with a spirit of adventure.
(v) All the travelling helped in the intermixing
of new ideas and knowledge. People came to
know about the new customs and enhanced
their knowledge about various communities.
of information about the kings, their coronation,
the extent of their empires, the battles they fought,
their welfare measures, etc. because they kept
records of all what they did.
gatherer communities were :
(i) There were several animals that ran fast, so
(ii) To hunt animals or to catch fish and birds, peo-
ple needed to be alert, quick and have a good
presence of mind.
(iii) To collect plant produce, they needed to find
out which plants or parts of plants were edible
(that can be eaten) as many plants or their parts
were poisonous.
(iv) They needed to know the seasons when the
fruits would ripen.
(v) They needed the skills and knowledge to make
weapons and arms for hunting animals easily.
(vi) They needed the skills to use their weapons ef-
fectively.
P-3
 WORKSHEET-7
Solutions 4. Archaeologists studied the bones of animals, birds
and fish to identify the eating habits of the people
1. (a) (iv) in the past. The plant-remains survive far more
(b) (i) rarely, but if seeds of grains or pieces of woods had
(c) (v) been burnt, they would survive in a charred form.
So, finding charred seeds gave information that
(d) (iii)
they ate plant produce also.
(e) (ii)
5. The word ‘Pasts’ is used in plural to draw attention
2. (a) False to the fact that the past was different for different
(b) True groups of people.
(c) False (i) For example, the lives of kings and queens were
(d) True different from those of peasants and herdsmen,
(e) False the lives of traders were different from those of
3. The scholars understand what is written in crafts-persons and so on. This fact is true even
the inscriptions through the process called in the modern times. The life of the people liv-
decipherment. Most of these inscriptions were ing in the Andaman islands is very different
written several hundred years ago, and languages from those living in the cities.
and the script used in the inscriptions have changed (ii) Secondly, we know a lot about the kings and
with time. One good example of decipherment is of their battles they fought because they recorded
the Rosetta stone found in Egypt which was used to all their victories and losses. We know very little
decipher ancient Egyptians using Greek language. about the lives of the ordinary people because
they did not keep any record of what they did.

WORKSHEET-8
Solutions
1. (i) Manuscripts are the books written by hand.
(ii) Most of the manuscripts were written on per-
ishable materials. So with time, some of them
were eaten away by insects and some were
completely destroyed due to effect of time and
atmospheric conditions.
(iii) These manuscripts are often preserved in tem-
ples and monasteries.
2. (i) A script is used to write anything. It consists of
letters and signs.
(ii) This inscription was written in two different
scripts and languages, Greek and Aramaic.
(iii) This inscription was written on the orders of
the ruler named Ashoka.
(iv) Kandahar is located in Afghanistan.

qqq

P-4 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION
FROM HUNTING – GATHERING TO
B
2 GROWING FOOD
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-9
Solutions
1. These people couldn’t go to far-off places, but they
moved significant distances in search of food to
sustain their living.
2.
The earliest people moved to another place in
search of food following their animals in search
of different kinds of plants and in search of water
during the dry season.
3. We know about these people from the observations
of archaeologists who have found some of the
things hunter-gatherers made and used.
4. The word Neolithic comes from two Greek words
‘Neo’, which means ‘New’, and ‘Lithos’, which
means ‘stone’. Hence, Neolithic means ‘New Stone
Age’.
5. The dog was :
(i) An intelligent animal as compared with other
animals like pig, sheep and goat.
(ii) Small in size and could be easily kept.
(iii) It was gentle animal and man learnt that it was
a loving creature and it followed his instruc-
WORKSHEET-10
Solutions
1. Among the two sets of teeth :
(i) One set of teeth is very large. It has sharp
pointed tips which may be used for tearing
meat. This set of teeth belongs to wild pig.
(ii) One is much smaller in size and teeth are not
sharp. It has rounded edges. This set of teeth
belongs to a domesticated animal.
2. As grain had to be stored for both food and seed,
people began to think of ways of storing it. In many
areas, they began making large clay pots.
Hunter-gatherers went to hunt animals and gather
fruits and berries everyday. So they did not need
clay pots.
3. Apart from food, animals provided :
(i) Skin and hide, that used for making clothes and
bones which in turn were used to make tools. where rain was plentiful,
S OLUT I ONS
tions.
6. (i) Hunter-gatherers chose to live in caves and
rock shelters because they gave shelter from
rain, heat and wind.
(ii) Grassland developed around 12000 years ago.
7. People who grow crops have to stay at one place
for a long time because the fields have to be looked
after, the plants have to be watered and have to be
protected from birds and animals so that they could
grow and the seeds could ripen.
8. Archaeologists think many people who lived in
Mehrgarh were hunters because they have found
bones of many kinds of animals from earliest levels.
These included bones of wild animals such as deer
and pig. In later levels, they found more bones of
sheep and goat, and in still later levels, cattle bones
were more commonly found.
9. The hunter-gatherers travelled from place to place
to hunt animals and collect fruits, berries and leaves
of the plants, they followed the seasonal migration
of animals. Whenever fruits were less, they went to
a new place in search of fruits.
Today, we travel for different reasons like going on
business trips, excursion, visit to religious places,
etc. We also go to buy goods of everyday use.
(ii) The blood which was used for painting the
walls of the caves.
(iii) The fat that was used to light up the caves.
But today we use animals :
(i) To carry loads, for transportation, pulling the
carts.
(ii) For medical purpose in which they are used for
various new experiments before their applica-
tion on human beings.
4. (i) Hunter-gatherers may have used fire for cook-
ing food.
(ii) Animals were afraid of fire, so they burnt lights
in the interior of the caves which gave them se-
curity.
5. Hunter-Gatherers :
(i) The hunters-gatherers collected things which
were needed by them.
(ii) The hunters had to migrate to those places
P-5
 (iii) They could not store food or sell them in the
market.
Farmers-Herders :
(i) Farmers stayed at one place because they had
to grow the plants and look after the fields.
(ii) They stored the surplus food or sold them in
the market.
(iii) Farmers made large clay pots, wove baskets
and dug pits into the ground.

WORKSHEET-11
Solutions (ii) Mostly men row the boats or are captain of the
ships.
1. The people used the jar for storing things. Only by Women :
2. Yes we can identify the skeletons of goats because (i) Nursing.
people were buried with goats as it was thought (ii) Mid-wife.
that this would provide them with food in the next 7. The cereals that we eat are wheat, rice, maize,
world. barley, jowar, bajra, etc.
3. There are many similarities such as its shape, The farmers grow the cereals. The various steps
construction and material used in construction. involved are :
4. Several things were brought from great distances; (i) Ploughing the fields and putting manure.
flint from Syria, cowries from the Red Sea, shells (ii) Sowing the seeds and looking after the tender
from Mediterranean Sea and they were used in the plants and saving them from pests.
settlement. (iii) Watering the fields.
5. I shall mix colours for him. My uncle would be (iv) Harvesting the crop and storing them in the
telling me about his hunting activities at that time. sheds. The chart given below show how the
6. (i) Both men and women work in the police de- cereals reach the people from the farmers :
partment. Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
(ii) Both men and women work as pilots, doctors
The crops are They sell them We buy it from
and engineers.
(iii) Both men and women work in the offices as’ purchased by the to the wholesale the shops,
clerks, managers. middle men from traders or either from
(iv) Both men and women work in media. the farmers. They retailers. the wholesale
Only by Men : bring them to the traders or from
(i) Truck Drivers. cities. the retailers.

OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-12
Solutions
1. (d)
2. (c)
3. (c)
4. It was period between 10,000 to 8,000 B.C.
5. Sites are places where the remains of past cultures
(tools, pots, rock paintings, buildings, etc.) are
found. These spots could be the surface of the earth,
under the earth or sometimes, even under water.
6. Around 12,000 years ago. Due to relatively warm
conditions, there was a major change in the climate
of the world. This led to the development of the
grasslands.
7. The greatest invention of the early man was perhaps
the stone tools. They had sharp edges on one side
and later these tools had wooden handles.
8. The human brain helped to distinguish between
edible and non-edible plants, waste land, crop
land and forest land. Thus, the early man obtained
mastery over his environment.
9. The early man was a hunter and a gatherer. He also
made stone tools and painted on cave walls. Till
now, it is not really known about the division of
labour as in those times. However, there are at least
two presumptions :
(i) It is presumed that both men and women might
have done many tasks together.
(ii) At the same time, it is also possible that women
did some tasks, while others were done only by
men.
Moreover, different parts of the sub-continent must
have followed different practices.

P-6 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 10. The reasons behind the movement of hunters-
gatherers were : So, people may have moved from season to sea-
(i) If they stayed at one place for a long time, they
would have eaten up all the available plant and
animal resources. Therefore, they had to move
elsewhere in search of food.
(ii) Animals move from place to place - either in
search of smaller prey or in search of grass and
leaves. That is why, those who hunted them
had to follow their movements.
WORKSHEET-13
Solutions
1. (b)
2. (a)
3. (a)
4. Traces of ash were found in the Kurnool caves. animals or catch fish and birds, the early man
5. The word ‘Neolithic’ has been derived from two
Greek words, ‘neo’ meaning ‘new’ and ‘lithos’
meaning stone. The Neolithic period began 10,000
years ago.
6. When the hunters followed animals for hunting,
they might have learnt about their food habits and
their breeding seasons. It is likely that this helped
people to start thinking about herding and rearing
these animals themselves.
7. Humans invented stone tools to assist them in their
day to day activities.
(i) These tools were used to cut meat and bones
from the dead body of an animal and also to
scrape bark and animal skin.
(ii) They were also used as weapons (arrowheads
and spears), made after sharpening stones into
desired shapes.
(iii) Stone tools were handy in chopping wood
which was used as firewood. They were also
used to make huts.
WORKSHEET-14
Solutions
1. (b)
2. (c)
3. (b)
4. The animals such as sheep, goats cattle and pigs
lived in herds and most of them ate grass. People
protected these animals from attack by other wild
animals. This is how they became herders.
5. What, rice and barley were grown in the Neolithic
period.
6. Dog was the first animal to be tamed. were drawn with great accuracy and skill.
7. Mehrgarh, Mahagara, Hallur and Koldihwa. 9. Stone tools found during the Mesolithic period are
8. Archeological sources such as tools, caves and rock
paintings tell us about the eating habits of early
S OLUT I ONS
(iii) Plants and trees bear fruits in different seasons.
son in search of different kinds of plants.
(iv) People, plants and animals need water to sur-
vive. People living on river banks had to go in
search of water during the dry seasons as some
rivers are seasonal while others are perennial
(with water throughout the year).
8. The early man faced a lot of problems while hunting
animals and gathering plant produce. Some of them
are as follows :
(i) Many of the animals that were hunted were
strong and ran faster than man. To hunt these
had to be alert and swift.
(ii) To collect plant produce, complete knowledge
of plants was essential. The early man had to
have the basic knowledge about which plants
or parts of plants were edible and which were
poisonous.
(iii) They were required to find out about the sea-
sons when the fruits would ripen.
9. (i) The rock shelters of Bhimbetka are decorated
with picture writings, depicting the life and
times of pre-historic cave dwellers.
(ii) These paintings mirror the difficulties of the
native man’s struggle with life and also his ac-
complishments.
(iii) These paintings also show wild animals drawn
with great accuracy.
(iv) Religious symbols were popular with these
pre-historic artists to adorn the walls of these
shelters.
(v) The paintings are often superimposed, which
reveal that the surfaces were used by different
people at different times.
man, materials used by him during that time and
the activities performed :
(i) Tools : The earliest tools were made of stone,
bone and wood. They were used to cut meat
and bones, scrape barks from trees. They were
also used for hunting, stitching clothes, etc.
(ii) Caves : People lived in caves and rock shelters
as they provided them with shelter from the
rain, heat and wind.
(iii) Rock paintings : The early man made paintings
in the caves and rock shelters. These paintings
called Microliths. They were generally tiny in size.
The Mesolithic man probably stuck these stones
P-7
 on to the handles of bones or wood to make tools
such as saws and sickles. These tools were used for
digging the ground and stitching clothes.
10. Different plants grow in different conditions. For
example, rice requires more water than wheat and
barley. So, it is grown in areas where plenty of
water is available. Thus, farmers grow some crops
in particular areas and not in other areas.
11. The major developments of the Neolithic age are :
(i) Growing crops and domesticating animals.
(ii) Use of polished stone tools and weapons.
(iii) The art of making pottery and making painted
potteries.
(iv) Practice of the burying the dead along with pot-
tery, weapon, food and drink.
(v) Invention of the wheel.

WORKSHEET-15
Solutions 5. The earliest domesticated animals were sheep and
goat.
1. (a) 6. People started using pots for cooking food. Grains
2. (a) Hunter-gatherers like rice, wheat and lentils were cooked by them.
(b) wild animals These pots were sometimes decorated also.
(c) Archeologists 7. Man learnt to produce fire by rubbing together two
(d) good quality stone pieces of stone. That discovery was an accidental
(e) Factory sites invention. He started to use fire for cooking food,
(f) 12,000 for light and heat and to scare wild animals.
(g) Mesoliathic 8. A burial is an arrangement made by people for their
(h) Palaeo, lithos relatives and friends.
(i) Caves, paintings
When people die, generally respect is paid to them.
(j) Rock paintings
(k) meat, bone Dead people are looked after perhaps because of
(l) huts, tools the belief that there is some form of life after death.
3. Traces of pit-houses have been found in Burzahom. Several burial sites have been found at Mehrgarh.
These houses were dug into the ground with steps For instance, the dead persons were buried with
leading into them. goats, which was probably meant to serve them
4. The Neolithic tools were polished to have a fine
with food in the next world.
cutting edges and mortars and pestles used for
grinding grain and other plant produce.

WORKSHEET-16
Solutions light on the political, social, economic and religious
conditions of early India.
1. (a) Cooking food 4. (i) Mehrgarh is a site that is located in a fertile
(b) Hunt, gather plain, near the Bolan Pass. It was one of the
(c) Mehrgarh most important routes in Iran.
(d) Rectangular houses (ii) Mehrgarh was a place where women and men
(e) Burial, arrangement learnt to grow barley and wheat and rear sheep
(f) Archaeologists and goats for the first time. It is one of the earli-
(g) Burzahom est villages that we know about.
(h) Palaeolithic, Neolithic 5. (i) The Mesolithic period, also referred to as the
Middle Stone Age, witnessed environmental
(i) Mortars, pestles
changes like the melting of glaciers and their
(j) Ancestor
replacement by thick forests.
(k) Domesticated (ii) This period stretches from 12,000 years ago till
(l) Tame animals about 10,000 years ago.
2. The Stone Age man lived in hilly areas by the side (iii) The people of this period used small tools
of rivers or lakes. In the beginning, he took shelter called microliths, such as spearheads and arrow
in the caves, rock shelters and later, in mud-huts. heads.
He lived by the side of lakes or rivers, to quench his (iv) Probably, agriculture was also practiced to
thirst and for food i.e., animal and fish. some extent.
3. The literature in the books which gives us important (v) Domestication of animals, most importantly of
information about the past is called literary source. dogs, started.
The Vedas, Upanishads, Smritis, Ramayana,
Mahabharata and the Sangam literature throw

P-8 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-17
Solutions (iii) Neolithic Age : In this age, man used polished
stone tools, domesticated animals, used tools
1. (a) True for agriculture and led a settled life. It was also
(b) False known as the ‘New Stone Age’.
(c) False 4. Agriculture brought about important changes. Man
(d) False gave up his nomadic life and settled down at one
(e) True place in selected areas. He could grow his own
(f) True food. He no longer was a wanderer or gatherer and
(g) False settled down in one place. Man put forward the
(h) False first step towards development.
(i) True 5. The Difference between Palaeolithic and Neolithic
2. With the change in climate, the plants and animals period are given below :
used for food also witnessed some changes. Men, S.No. Palaeolithic Age Neolithic Age
women and children observed several things
related to plants, such as, places where edible plants (i) The main tools of this The main tools were
were found, how seeds broke off from stalks, fell on period were hand-axe, arrows. The tools of this
the ground and new plants sprouted from them. etc. They were crude. period were smooth
Perhaps, they started protecting the plants from It was also known as and polished. It was
birds and animals, so that they could grow and the Old Stone Age. also known as the New
the seeds could ripen. In this way, people became Stone Age.
farmers. (ii) There was no Wheel was invented.
3. The three stages of the Stone Age are : knowledge of wheel
(i) Palaeolithic Age : In this period, man used in this age.
crude stone tools and weapons and led a no- (iii) Men was unaware of Men learnt agriculture
madic life. It was also known as the ‘Old Stone agriculture. and began to grow
Age’. food.
(ii) Mesolithic Age : In this age, man used micro-
lithic stone tools which were binded or joined (iv) People were nomadic Now, there were
to handles or sticks of wood/bamboo. In this and hunter-gatherers. settled people who
age, man started domesticating animals. It was knew domestication of
also known as the ‘Middle Stone Age’. animals.

WORKSHEET-18
Solutions
1. (i) Habitation sites were the places where people
lived. For example, rock and cave shelters.
(ii) People choose these natural caves for habita-
tion because they provided protection from
rain, sun and wind.
(iii) These rock and cave shelters are found in the
Vindhyas.
(iv) These rock shelters are close to the Narmada
valley.
2. (i) Mehrgarh is located on a fertile plain, near the
Bolan Pass, one of the most important routes
into Iran.
(ii) The remains of square and rectangular houses
were found at Mehrgarh. Each house was com-
posed of four or more compartments, some of
which may have been used for storage.
(iii) The evidences discovered at Mehrgarh prove
that it was probably one of the places where
women and men learnt to grow barley and
wheat and rear sheep and goats for the first
time in human history.
3. (i) Grains were used as seeds, food and as gifts.
(ii) The early man stored grains in large pots, woven
baskets or in pits, which were dug in the ground.
(iii) When the early man started farming, he had to
stay at one place for a long time looking after
plants, watering, weeding and protecting them
from animals and birds till the grain ripened.
So, instead of wandering from place to place in
search of food, he began to live a settled life.

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-9

SECTION
CHAPTER

B
3 IN THE EARLIEST CITIES

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-19
Solutions 5. Archaeologists know that the people in the
Harappan civilization used cloth because they have
1. Old buildings and houses are places of interest for found pieces of cloth attached to the lid of a silver
people as they reflect the tradition and customs of vase. They have also found spindle whorls, made
contemporary time. So, some people are interested of terracotta and faience. These were used to spin
in preserving the old, run down houses for the thread.
conservation of heritage. 6. Copper — Rajasthan
2. Old buildings may have a beautiful ground plan, it Gold — Karnataka
may have been designed carefully. But the old has Tin — Afghanistan
to give way to the new e.g., recently when metro
Precious stones — Gujarat
rail was made in Delhi, many old buildings were
7. Metals : Archaeologists have found things made
dismantled.
of metal, such as copper, bronze, gold and silver.
3. These cities were divided into two or more parts. Copper and bronze were used to make tools,
The part to the west was smaller but higher. Walls weapons, ornaments and vessels. Gold and silver
of baked bricks were built around each part. The were used to make ornaments and vessels.
bricks were laid in an interlocking pattern. Writing : There were scribes-people who knew how
4. to write, and they helped to prepare seals, keep a
S.No. Harappa House Mehrgarh House record and they wrote on materials that have not
survived.
(i) The houses in Harappa Mehrgarh houses had
Plough : Plough was used to dig the earth for
were either one or two four or more compart-
turning the soil and planting seeds.
storey high with rooms ments. Some of which
Wheel : It played a great role in the life of Harappans.
built around a court- may have been used
For example :
yard. for storage.
(i) People could travel long distances easily.
(ii) Most houses had a sep- At Mehrgarh, near (ii) Goods were carried easily from one place to an-
arate bathing area and Bolan Pass, remains of other.
some had wells to sup- square and rectangu-
ply water. lar houses have been
found.

WORKSHEET-20
Solutions
1. The people who lived in the city were :
(i) Scribes, who wrote and helped to prepare seals
and wrote on other materials also.
(ii) Rulers who planned the construction of the
city.
(iii) Traders and merchants who travelled to distant
lands to get metal, precious stones, etc.
(iv) Crafts persons including both men and women,
who made ornaments, vessels, beads, toys, etc.
But in Mehrgarh, culture was rural based and it
was the period of about 7000 years ago earlier from
Harappan period. In Mehrgarh, cotton cultivation
was prevalent.
2. Metal was not used in the villages. They made stone
tools. In Daojali Hading they made tools from fossil
wood. Weights have not been found at Daojali
Hading.
3. Most of the things would have been carried on the
backs of pack animals such as cattle or by people.
4. The modes of transport used by the Harappans
were boats and ships which travelled across the sea
and through the river channels.
5. Terracotta toys are the model of clay, which have
animal figures. Most enjoyable of the toys are
probably models of cattle, rhinoceros, cow, etc.
6. The people of Harappa ate wheat, barley, pulses,
peas, rice, sesame, linseed and mustard fish and
meat of hunted animals.

P-10 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 7. The farmers and herders in the earlier period
cultivated the fields themselves and domesticated
the animals. The farmers and herders who gave
food to the Harappan cities knew about agriculture
WORKSHEET-21
Solutions
1. No, there are no illustrations of wheeled vehicles in
earlier lessons.
2. Seals may have been used to stamp bags or packets
containing goods that were sent from one place to
another. After a bag was closed or tied, a layer of
wet clay was applied on the knot, and the seal was
pressed on it. The impression of the seal is known
as a sealing. cided finally.
If the sealing was intact, one could be sure that the
goods has arrived safely.
3. The king would not have needed things like food
and drink, ornaments, clothes, etc. These objects
were buried along with the king because of faith
and belief.
4. Lothal to Mohenjodaro’s journey will be done on
bullock carts along the dusty roads. My parents will
carry food, water and clothes. In Mohanjodaro, I
would see :
(i) Citadels
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-22
Solutions
1. (a)
2. Gold, silver, bronze, copper.
3. Gujarat, Haryana, Rajasthan and Punjab in India
are the places where Harappan cities were found. years ago. Many of these cities were divided
4. Scribes were those people who knew how to write. into two or more parts. Usually, the part to the
5. (i) Harappan seals were rectangular in shape.
(ii) These seals were made of stones. describe it as the citadel. Generally, the part to
6. The Harappan city was a very busy place. There
were people who planned the construction of
special buildings in the city. People may have kept
the most valuable objects, such as ornaments of gold
and silver. People also travelled to distant lands.
7. Substances that are either found naturally or
produced by farmers and herders and then
processed to make finished goods are known as raw
materials.
8. (i) Nearly a hundred and fifty years ago, when
railway lines were being laid down for the first
time in Punjab, engineers stumbled upon the
site of Harappa in present-day Pakistan.
(ii) To them, it seemed like a mound that was a rich
source of readymade, high quality bricks.
S OLUT I ONS
and domestication of animals. So, they supplied
food to the city dwellers and they also provided
their own food.
(ii) Big storehouses
(iii) A great tank i.e., the Great Bath
(iv) Wells
(v) Streets with covered drains
(vi) Houses of one or two storeys.
5. The three important buildings in my city, Delhi,
are :
(i) Supreme Court : Supreme court is the Highest
Court of the country where all the cases are de-
(ii) Rashtrapati Bhawan : It is the official residence
of the President of India.
(iii) Parliament House : Here the elected represent-
atives of the people meet and discuss all impor-
tant issues regarding important national issues.
6. There are many-old buildings in my locality. They
are :
(i) Ferozeshah Kotla-built in the 15th century.
(ii) Red Fort-constructed in the 17th century.
(iii) Jama Masjid-constructed in the 17th century.
The Archaeological survey of India looks after the
ancient buildings.
(iii) Then about eighty years ago, archaeologists
found the site and realised that it was one of
the oldest cities in the sub-continent.
9. (i) The Harappan cities developed about 4700
West was smaller but higher. Archaeologists
the East was larger but lower and it is called the
lower town.
(ii) In some cities, special buildings were construct-
ed on the citadel. For example, in Mohenjodaro,
a very special tank, which archeologists call the
Great Bath, was built. It was lined with bricks
and coated with plaster. Perhaps, important
people took a dip in this tank on special occa-
sions.
(iii) Other cities, such as Kalibangan and Lothal
had fire altars where sacrifices may have been
performed. And some cities like Mohenjodaro,
Harappa and Lothal had elaborate store houses.
P-11
 These cities were found in Punjab and Sindh
in Pakistan and in Gujarat, Haryana, Rajasthan
and Punjab in India.
(iv) There were people who planned the construc-
tion of special buildings in the city. They were
probably the rulers.
WORKSHEET-23
Solutions
1. (c)
2. The people of Harappa collected fruits, caught fish
and hunted wild animals eg. antelope.
3. Citadel was the Western part of Harappan cities
which was relatively smaller but higher.
4. In Kalibangan and Lothal, fire altars have been
discovered where sacrifices may have been
performed.
5. Some cities like Mohenjodaro, Harappa and Lothal
had elaborated store houses.
6. (i) Many of the Harappan cities were divided into
two or more parts.
(ii) Usually, the part to the west was smaller but
higher. Archaeologists describe it as the Citadel.
(iii) Generally, the part to the East was larger but
lower. It is called the lower town.
7. (i) Very often, walls of baked bricks were built
around the citadel and the lower town.
(ii) The bricks were so well made, that they have
lasted for thousands of years.
WORKSHEET-24
Solutions
1. (c)
2. The city of Dholavira was located on Khadir Beyt in
the Rann of Kutchh, where there was fresh water
and fertile soil.
3. The plough was a new tool which was used to dig
the earth for turning the soil and planting seeds.
4. (i) Generally, houses were either one or two storey
high with rooms built around a courtyard.
(ii) Most houses had a separate bathing area and
some had wells to supply water.
5. (i) Many of the Harappan cities had covered
drains which were laid out in straight lines.
(ii) Each drain had a gentle slope, so that water
could flow through it.
(iii) Very often, drains in houses were connected to
those on the streets and smaller drains led into
bigger ones.
6. (i) Most of the things that have been found by ar-
P-12
(v) It is likely that the rulers sent people to distant
lands to get metals, precious stones and other
things that they wanted. They may have kept
the most valuable objects, such as ornaments
of gold and silver or beautiful beads for them-
selves.
(iii) The bricks were laid in an interlocking pattern
that made the walls strong.
8. (i) In Mohenjodaro, a very special tank which ar-
chaeologists call the Great Bath, was built in the
Citadel area.
(ii) It was lined with bricks, coated with plaster and
made water-tight with a layer of natural tar.
(iii) There were steps leading down to it from two
sides, while there were rooms on all sides. Per-
haps, the important people took a dip in this
tank on special occasions.
9. (i) Cotton was probably grown at Mehrgarh about
7000 years ago.
(ii) Actual pieces of cloth were found attached to
the lid of a silver vase and some copper objects
were also found at Mohenjodaro.
(iii) Archaeologists have also found spindle whorls,
made of terracotta and faience. These were
used to spin thread.
(iv) A stone statue of an important man wearing an
embroidered garment has been found in Mo-
henjodaro.
chaeologists are made of stone, shell and metal,
including copper, bronze, gold and silver.
(ii) Copper and bronze were used to make tools,
weapons, ornaments and vessels.
(iii) Gold and silver were used to make ornaments
and vessels.
7. (i) Some of the raw materials that the Harappans
used were available locally and many items
such as copper, tin, gold, silver and precious
stones had to be brought from distant places.
(ii) The Harappans probably got copper from pre-
sent-day Rajasthan and even from Oman in
West Asia.
(iii) Tin, which was mixed with copper to produce
bronze, may have been brought from present
day Afghanistan and Iran.
(iv) Gold could have come all the way from pre-
sent-day Karnataka and precious stones from
present day Gujarat, Iran and Afghanistan.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-25
Solutions
1. (c)
2. (c)
3. (i) A specialist is a person who is trained to do only
one specialized kind of work, for example, cut-
ting stone or polishing beads, or carving seals.
(ii) Not everybody can be a specialist. We do not
know whether only men were specialists or
only women were specialists in the Harappan
civilization.
4. (i) We know from the remains of plants that the
Harappans grew wheat, barley, pulses, peas,
rice, sesame, linseed and mustard.
(ii) A new tool, the plough, was used to dig the
earth for turning the soil and planting seeds.
(iii) As this region did not receive heavy rainfall,
some form of irrigation may have been used. It
means that water was stored and supplied to
the fields when the plants were growing.
5. Dholavira :
(i) The city of Dholavira was located on Khadir
Beyt in the Rann of Kutch, where there was
fresh water and fertile soil.
(ii) Dholavira was divided into three parts and
WORKSHEET-26
Solutions
1. (a) Subcontinent packets containing goods that were sent from
(b) citadel
(c) Harappa (iii) After a bag was closed or tied, a layer of wet clay
(d) separate
(e) square, rectangular
(f) stone, shell, silver
(g) 7000 years If the sealing was intact, one could be sure that
(h) silver vase, Mohenjodaro
(i) terracota, faince
(j) mummies
(k) Rajasthan, West Asia (ii) Writing, seals and weights were no longer used.
(l) Harappans
(m) Dholavira, fertile came rare.
(n) tributary, Sabarmati.
2. (i) Seals are clay tablets which have been found
from various Harappan sites. They have figures
of animals, trees and various letters carved on
WORKSHEET-27
Solutions
1. (i) The Kings of Egypt built huge tombs known as
pyramids.
(ii) When the kings died, their bodies were pre-
served and buried in these pyramids. A large
number of objects were also buried with them.
These included food and drink, clothes, orna-
ments, utensils, musical instruments, weapons
and animals.
S OLUT I ONS
each part was surrounded with massive stone
walls with entrances through gateways.
(iii) There was also a large open area in the settle-
ment where public ceremonies could be held.
(iv) Other findings include large letters of the
Harappan script that were carved out on white
stone and perhaps laid in wood. This is a unique
discovery, as generally, Harappan writing has
been found on small objects such as seals.
Lothal :
(i) The city of Lothal stood besides a tributary of
the Sabarmati in Gujarat, close to the Gulf of
Khambat.
(ii) It was situated near areas where raw materials
such as semi-precious stones were easily avail-
able.
(iii) It was an important centre for making objects
out of stone, shell and metal.
(iv) There was also a store house in the city.
(v) Many seals and sealing (the impression of seals
on clay) were found in a storehouse.
(vi) A building that was found here was probably a
workshop for making beads as pieces of stone,
half-made beads, tools for bead making, and
finished beads have also been found here.
them.
(ii) Seals may have been used to stamp bags or
one place to another.
was applied on the knot and seal was pressed
on it.
(iv) The impression of the seal is known as sealing.
the goods cased arrived safely.
3. (i) Around 3900 years ago, we find the beginning
of a major change. People stopped living in
many of the cities.
(iii) Raw materials brought from distant places be-
(iv) In Mohenjodaro, we find that garbage was
piled up on the streets, the drainage system
broke down, and new, less impressive houses
were built, even over the streets.
(iii) The carefully preserved dead bodies of the
Egyptian kings are known as mummies.
2. (i) Important people (priests, rulers) took ritual
baths in this tank.
(ii) The tank was lined with kiln burnt bricks, plas-
ter of gypsum and bitumen which was used to
make the tank water-resistant.
(iii) Water was probably brought in from a well and
drained out after use.
qqq
P-13
CHAPTER
SECTION
B
4 WHAT BOOKS AND BURIALS TELL US
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-28
Solutions
1. Yes, we knew that we have a set of Vedas viz.
Rigveda, Atharvaveda, Samaveda, Yajurveda.
2. The Vedas are composition of hymns called sukta.
These hymns are in praise of various gods and
goddesses.
3. Sanskrit is a part of a family of languages known
as Indo-European. Some Indian languages such as
Assamese, Gujarati, Hindi, Kashmiri and Sindhi and
many European languages such as English, French,
German, Greek, Italian and Spanish, belong to this
family. They have similar words, for example, Mata
(Sanskrit), Ma (Hindi) Mother (English).
4. (i) Marathi, Oriya, Santhali are of Austro-Asiatic
families.
(ii) Tamil, Telugu, Kannada and Malayalam belong
to the Dravidian family and Assamese. Manipu-
ri belong to Tibeto-Burman family.
5. Chariots were important means of transport and
another means of transport was the carts.
WORKSHEET-29
Solutions
1. The rivers which are not mentioned in the Rigveda
are :
(i) Ganga, (ii) Yamuna, (iii) Narmada, (iv) Tapti,
(v) Mahanadi.
2. The Rajas did not have capital cities, places or
armies, nor did they collect taxes. Generally, the
sons did not automatically succeed fathers as Rajas.
The assemblies chose leaders who were often brave
and skillful warriors.
3. The word ‘Jana’ is familiar, which was used to
describe people or the community as a whole. It is
still used in Hindi and other languages.
4. (i) Digging pits in the earth.
(ii) Finding suitable stones
(iii) Breaking boulders
(iv) Shaping stones
(v) Burying the dead
(vi) Placing stones in position.
5. The archaeologists have not found any evidence
which can show that iron was used in the Harappan
cities.
P-14
6. Sukta Well-said
Chariots Used in battles
Yajna Sacrifice
Dasa Slave
Megalith Stone boulder
7. (i) Various kinds of work.
(ii) Deccan, in the North-East and Kashmir.
(iii) cover the burial places.
(iv) entering the burial places.
(v) fruits, cereals and meat.
8. The books that we use are written and printed. The
Rigveda was recited and heard rather than read. It
was written down several centuries after and it was
first composed and printed less than 200 years ago.
9. Archaeologists suggest that sometimes, more
objects are found in one grave than in another.
In Brahmagiri, one skeleton was buried with 33
gold beads, 2 stone beads, 4 copper bangles and
one conch shell. Other skeletons have only a few
pots. These finds suggest that there were social
differences amongst those who were buried.
6. Most probably, this was the body of a chief because
it had a different, type of burial from the rest of the
people. He was found buried in a large, four-legged
clay jar in the courtyard of a five-roomed house
(one of the largest houses at the site) in the centre
of the settlement. This house also had a granary.
The body had a cross legged position. The others
were buried in the ground, laid out straight, with
the head towards the North.
7. The Rajas did not have capitals, palaces, or armies,
nor did they collect taxes. Generally, the sons did
not automatically succeed fathers as rajas.
There were people who did not perform sacrifices
and probably spoke different languages. Later, the
term came to mean dasa or slave. Slaves were men
and women captured in the war. They were treated
as the property of the owners, who could make
them do any work they wanted.
8. The five books on religion are :
(i) Guru Grantha Sahib - Sikhs, (ii) Quran - Islam,
(iii) Bible - Christians, (iv) Zend - Zoroastrianism -
ei - Avesta, (v) Old Testament-Judaism.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-30
Solutions (ii) Hunting
(iii) Collection of fruits and berries.
1. About 2000 years ago, there was a famous physician 3. The “Raja” of the Rigveda did not live in palaces.
named Charaka who wrote a book on medicine They did not have capital, cities and armies as the
known as the Charaka Samhita. In this book, he Chinese kings of the same time.
stated that the human body has 360 bones. This is 4. The chief had died last night. The whole community
a much larger number than the 200 bones that are
had gathered near his house to pay their last
recognised in modern anatomy. Charaka arrived
homage. May be they were wearing white coloured
at this figure by counting the teeth, joints and
cartilage. clothes. In the fields outside, people had collected
2. Archaeologists have found seeds of wheat, barley, things needed for the burial. The fire was lighted
rice, pulses, millets, peas and sesame. Bones of and some people were cooking food. May be rice
number of animals, many bearing cut marks that was being cooked along with vegetables in the mud
show that they had been used as food have also pot or they may be cooking that food which was
been found. They include cattle, buffalo, goat, relished by the chief. The people may be chanting
sheep, dog, horse, ass, pig, sambhar, antelope, hare the holy prayers, otherwise there was silence all
and mongoose, besides birds, crocodile, turtle, crab round.
and fish. There is evidence that fruits such as ber, 5. lkjs
tgk¡ ls vPNk]
amla, jamun, dates and varieties of berries were,
collected. From this we can conclude that main fganksLrka gekjk
occupations of the people was : ge cqycqys gSa blds
(i) Farming ;s xqfyLrka gekjk&gekjk
6.
Name Work Language Anything else
(i) Soniya (Sales girl in the Displays the goods in the Hindi, English Tries to sell the goods as quickly
shop) shops and shows as possible.
them to customers.
(ii) Dr. Mayank (Doctors, Give medical treatment Hindi, English Give medicines and injections.
Male) and advice.
(iii) Shiv Charan (Vegetable Sells vegetables. Hindi Used to haggling and tries to
sellers, Male) give less weight.
(iv) Asha (Maid Servant, Does household work. Hindi or Mother tongue Cooks food.
Female)
(v) Rajeev (Driver, Male) Drives our cars. Hindi Drops us to our school and
home.
(vi) Aradhana (Teacher, Teaches us. English, Hindi Sometimes she acts the scene
Female) with
the help of the children.

OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS

WORKSHEET-31
Solutions (iii) Yajurveda (iv) Atharvaveda.
6. Megaliths were stone boulders used to mark burial
1. (a) sites.
2. (c) 7. Battles were fought to capture land, property and
3. Vedas are the oldest Hindu religious books. cattle, which was important for pasture. Some
4. Rigveda is the oldest veda. battles were fought on the issue of water and to
5. (i) Rigveda (ii) Samveda make people slaves.

S OLUT I ONS P-15

 8. Aryan’s literal meaning is noble and exalted. The
Aryans came from outside and settled in India.
They lived in villages and family was the basic unit
of the Aryan society.
9. Charaka was a famous ancient Indian physician.
He wrote a book on medicine science known as
‘Charaka Samhita’.
10. (i) The oldest trace of human civilisation in In-
dia discovered by archaeologists belong to the
Stone Age. The Stone Age had been identified
by locating microliths. Some of the stone sites
unearthed are Baluchistan in North-West, In-
dia, Bengal, Assam in North-East and Tamil
Nadu.
(ii) Crops : The crops cultivated were rabi, wheat,
rice, horse grain, cotton, etc. South of the Go-
davari river has shown traces of cultivation of
cereals and Allahabad sites have shown cultiva-
tion of rice.
(iii) Animals : Large number of animal remains
were excavated from Mehrgarh near Balu-
chistan. The prevalence of domestication of ani-
mals in that period was evident from excava-
tions near Burzahom and Gufkral. Skeletons of
WORKSHEET-32
Solutions
1. (c)
2. (a)
3. Burials and graves were the sites where dead bodies
are kept along with some articles and food items.
4. Wheel was used for carrying loads, drawing water,
making pots and spinning thread.
5. Slaves were those persons who were treated as the
property of their owners.
6. The Rigveda is in old or Vedic Sanskrit.
7. The Rigveda was recited and heard rather than
read. It was written down several centuries after it
was first composed and it was printed less than 200
years ago.
8. Importance of Wheels :
(i) Pottery-making can be done.
(ii) It makes to draw water from wells.
(iii) Heavy objects can be easily transported.
(iv) Spinning of threads has become easier.
9. The oldest Veda is the Rigveda, composed about
3500 years ago. The Rigveda includes more than a
thousand hymns, called Sukta or “well-said”. These
hymns are in praise of various Gods and Goddesses.
WORKSHEET-33
Solutions
1. (b)
2. Three Gods are especially important : Agni- the
God of fire; Indra- the warrior God; and Soma- a
plant from which a special drink was prepared.
P-16
dogs have also been found with human bones
near the graves.
(iv) Houses : A row of mud houses, in dilapidated
shapes were found in Baluchistan sites. Lake
side pits, mud houses and caves with human
settlements were located in Burzahom and
Gufkral sites. Rows of circular and rectangu-
lar houses made of mud and bricks were also
found near Piklihal in Karnataka.
(v) Tools : Bagor of Rajasthan and Langhnaj exca-
vations have showed that they used a proto-
type of bow and arrow using stone microliths.
Stone blades and stone axes have also been
found in the South of the Godavari river.
(vi) Pottery : The biggest collection of potteries in
various sizes used both in cooking and grain
storage were found in Baluchistan and Amri.
The sites had remains of black pots as well as
painted and decorated potteries.
(vii) Burials : Excavations in Kashmir have proved
that they buried dogs and other stone tools
along with the dead people. The early man’s
burial ground has also been excavated in Balu-
chistan. (Any five)
10. The people who composed the hymns described
themselves as Aryas and called their opponents
Dasas or Dasyus. These were the people who did
not perform sacrifices and probably spoke different
languages.
11. (i) There are several ways of describing people —
in terms of the work they do, the language they
speak, the place they belong to, their families,
their communities and cultural practices.
(ii) There are two groups who are described in
terms of their work — the priests, sometimes
called brahmins, who performed various rituals
and the rajas- The rajas did not have capital cit-
ies, palaces or armies, nor did they collect taxes.
Generally, sons did not automatically succeed
fathers as rajas.
(iii) Two words were used to describe the people or
the community as a whole. One was the word
‘jana’ and the other was ‘vish’.
(iv) Several vish or jana are mentioned by names.
So, we find reference to the Puru jana or vish,
the Bharata jana or vish, the Yadu jana or vish,
and so on.
3.
Historians read the literary sources carefully
and take clues from them. On the basis of such
information, they try to create an understanding of
the socio-cultural political set- up and place it in the
right context and time.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 4. (i) There are many prayers in the Rigveda for cat-
tle, children (especially sons) and horses.
(ii) Horses were yoked to chariots which were used
in battles, fought to capture cattle.
(iii) Battles were also fought for land, which was an
important form of pasture and for growing har-
dy crops that ripened quickly, such as barley.
5. (i) Some of the wealth that obtained was kept by
the leaders, while some was given to the priests
and the rest was distributed amongst the peo-
ple.
(ii) Some of the wealth was used for the perfor-
mance of yajnas or sacrifices in which offerings
were made into the fire.
6. (i) Sometimes, megaliths contained more than one
skeleton.
(ii) These indicate that people, perhaps belong-
ing to the same family were buried at the same
place though not at the same time.
(iii) The bodies of those who died later were
WORKSHEET-34
Solutions
1. (a) Kashmir tive pots, which are called Black and Red Ware.
(b) Cattle, Children, horses
(c) fought, pasture
(d) Rigveda, Samaveda, Yajurveda and Atharvaveda
(e) Well-said 4. Archaeologists think that objects found with a
(f) Sages/Rishis
(g) Men, Women (i) Sometimes, more objects are found in one grave
(h) Indo-European
(i) Rigveda, dialogues stone beads, 4 copper bangles and one conch
(j) Stone beads, copper bangles
(k) 3600, 2700 difference in status amongst the people who
(l) 3500, China
2. (i) Stone boulders are known as megaliths (liter-
ally big stones). These were carefully arranged
by people and were used to mark burial sites.
(ii) The practice of erecting megaliths began about
3000 years ago and was prevalent throughout
Deccan, South India, in the North-East and
Kashmir.
(iii) While some megaliths can be seen on the sur-
face, other megalithic burials are often under-
ground.
S OLUT I ONS
brought into graves through the Pot-holes.
(iv) Stone circles or boulders placed on the surface
probably served as signposts to find the burial
sites, so that people could return to the same
place whenever they wanted to.
7. Inamgaon is a site on the river God, a tributary of
the river Bhima. It was occupied between 3600 and
2700 years ago.
(i) Here, adults were generally buried in the
ground, laid out straight, with the head to-
wards the north.
(ii) Sometimes burials were within the houses.
(iii) Vessels that probably contained food and water
were placed with the dead bodies.
(iv) Here one man was found buried in a large,
four-legged clay jar in the courtyard of a five-
roomed house (one of the largest houses at the
site) in the centre of the settlement.
(v) This house also had a granary. The body was
placed in a cross-legged position.
3. All the burials have some common features :
(i) Generally, the dead were buried with distinc-
(ii) Also found are tools and weapons of iron, and
sometimes, skeletons of horses, horse equip-
ment and ornaments of stone and gold.
skeleton probably belonged to the dead person.
than in another. For example, in Brahmagiri,
one skeleton was buried with 33 gold beads, 2
shell. Other skeletons had only a few pots.
(ii) These findings suggest that there was some
were buried. Some were rich, others poor, some
chiefs, while others were followers.
5. (i) About 2000 years ago, there was a famous phy-
sician named Charaka who wrote a book on
medicine known as the Charaka Samhita.
(ii) There he stated that the human body has 360
bones, which is a much larger number than 206
bones that are recognised by modern anatomy.
(iii) Charaka arrived at this figure by counting the
teeth, joints and cartilage.
qqq
P-17
CHAPTER
SECTION
KINGDOMS, KINGS AND AN EARLY
B
5 REPUBLIC

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-35
Solutions
1. Some men became rulers by voting, but afterwards
some changes took place in the ways in which
rulers were chosen.
2. The rajas were invited to the sacrifice, which was
performed by specially trained priests, who were
rewarded with gifts. The raja who organized the
sacrifice was recognised as being very powerful,
and all those who came brought gifts for him.
The people who would be present at the sacrifice
were :
(i) The king, his wives and sons and other rela-
tives.
(ii) The ministers of the king.
(iii) The charioteer, who chanted the tales of the
raja’s glory.
(iv) The priest who performed the rituals.
(v) The ordinary people the ‘vish’ or ‘vaishyas’.
The category of people who are described in terms
of their occupation are :
(i) The king, who protected the people and looked
after their welfare.
(ii) Charioteer, who accompanied the king, in his
campaigns.
(iii) Priest who performed the religious ceremony.
3. Before describing the reasons for opposition of
system of varnas, we should know what is the
varna system. The priests divided the people into
four groups called the varnas. According to it each
varna had a different set of functions.
(i) The first varna was that of Brahmins, who were
expected to study and teach the Vedas, perform
sacrifices and receive gifts.
(ii) The second varna was that of Kshatriyas. They
were expected to fight battles and protect peo-
ple,.
(iii) Third varna was vish or vaishyas, they were
farmers, herders, and traders. But kshatriyas
and vaishyas could perform sacrifices.
(iv) The last varna were the shudras, who had to
serve the other three groups and could not per-
form any ritual.
The priests said that these varnas were decided on
the basis of birth. Later, they called some people as
untouchables.
Some people did not accept the varna system.
The kings thought that they were superior to the
priests. Others felt that birth could not be a basis for
deciding the varna of the people.
4. (i) True (ii) False (iii) False (iv) False (v) True.

WORKSHEET-36
Solutions (ii) The rulers were chosen They became rajas
by the Jana i.e., the by performing very
1. The Harappan grew wheat, barley, pulses, peas, people. big sacrifices where
rice, sesame, linseed and mustard. (Chapter 4) people accepted their
And in Chapter 6, people grew rice, wheat, barley, supremacy.
pulses, sugarcane, sesame and mustard.
Sugarcane was not grown by the people in Harappa. 3. (i) Hunters may have brought fresh meat every-
day for the king.
2.
(ii) Gatherers brought forest products like honey
S. Rajas in Rigvedic Rajas of and nuts for the king.
No. Times Mahajanapadas 4. The king of this time encouraged these changes i.e.,
(i) The Rajas of Rigvedas They had capital city. (i) Use of iron ploughs, and
did not have a capital So they had large (ii) Transplantation of paddy.
city, palaces or armies, armies. As a result of this, kings would be able to collect
nor did they collect more tax from their men. In this way, they would
be able to maintain larger armies that could be
taxes.
utilised in acquiring land, which could be used for
agriculture.

P-18 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 5. Students do themselves.
6. The Kammakara slaves and women could not
participate in these assemblies.
7. The Raja of Mahajanapadas built forts because
people were afraid of attacks from other kings and
needed protection. It is also likely that some rulers
wanted to show how rich and powerful they were
by building large, tall and impressive walls around
their cities.
WORKSHEET-37
Solutions
1. Till the Rigvedic times there was no regular
army, most men took part in the war, there were
assemblies where people met and discussed matters
of war and peace.
In the later period, the king had vast armies of foot
soldiers, chariots and elephants. The king took the
decision about war and peace.
2. Vajji Sangha :
(i) Vajji Sangha was under a different form of gov-
ernment which was known as Sangha.
(ii) They met in assemblies and decided what to do
through discussion and debates.
(iii) In the sangna, there were many rulers. Each
was called a Raja.
Other Mahajanapada :
(i) The king took all the decisions. May be he took
the help of the ministers, but it was not binding
on him.
(ii) There was a single powerful ruler.
(iii) They were governed by strong rulers.
3. In Athens, it was not true democracy because :
(i) Everyone i.e., the citizens were expected to
serve in the army and the navy.
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-38
Solutions
1. (c)
2. (b)
3. Ashvamedha means sacrifice of horse.
4. Vaishali is the capital of Vajji.
5. The priests divided people into four groups called
Varnas.
6. Brahmins, Kshatriyas, Vaishyas and Shudras.
7. Democracy is the government of the people, for the
people and by the people.
8. Some people including crafts persons, hunters and
gatherers, as well as people who helped in burials
S OLUT I ONS
8. At present every person above the age of 18 years
has a right to vote. Voting is based on the principle
of ‘one man one vote. We have adopted the idea of
universal adult franchise.
The rulers who performed the Ashvamedha
sacrifice were recognised as being the rulers of
Janapadas.
(ii) Women were not considered as citizens.
(iii) Several thousand slaves who worked in the
mines, fields, household and workshops were
not treated as citizens.
4. The jana in Vaishali is holding a meeting to discuss
how to deal with an attack by the king of Magadha.
The following questions are being discussed up on :
(i) Who is going to lead the army ? Who is in total
control of the army ?
(ii) Who will lead the elephants, horses and chari-
ots, the different wings of the army ?
(iii) What strategy will be adopted in direct combat?
(iv) When will they meet during the battle to dis-
cuss the situation ?
5. The Janapada Indraprastha is in Delhi. The
archaeologists have excavated Purana Qila.
6. The hunters and gatherers, farmers, traders, crafts
persons, herders, etc., are the groups which pay
taxes if they have taxable income.
7. In the present times, slavery has been abolished.
Every democracy is based on the principle of
universal adult franchise. Every one has the right to
vote in the elections after a specific age. Therefore
women, slaves and groups mentioned in answer 3
are having voting rights at present.
and cremations were classified as untouchables by
the priests and stated that contact with these groups
was polluting.
9. The Raja was the central figure in these rituals. He
often had a special seat, a throne or a tiger skin.
10. These were the following domestic conditions in
the Mahajanapadas :
(i) Agriculture : Agriculture prospered in most
of the Mahajanapadas as they were located in
fertile areas. Many canals and wells were dug
to improve irrigation. The farmers learnt to use
manure.
P-19
 (ii) Rise of Cities : The production of surplus crops
allowed some people to specialise in crafts such
as metal working, carpentry and pot-making.
The exchange of surplus crops and goods man-
ufactured by the craftsmen led to the develop-
ment trade. Cities grew around centres of craft,
trade and administration.
(iii) Administration : The Mahajanapadas were
mostly monarchies. The king maintained a
large, well equipped and regularly paid army
during war and peace. The king often gave tax-
free villages to the Brahmins.
(iv) Revenue : Tax collectors collected taxes in the
form of money or in any other kind. A share of
one-sixth of the agricultural produce had to be
WORKSHEET-39
Solutions
1. (d)
2. (a)
3. About 2500 years ago, some Janapadas became
more important than others and were known as
Mahajanapadas.
4. Some people who were regarded as Shudras by the
priests, were excluded from many rituals performed
by the Rajas.
5. The word Janapada literally means the land where
the Jana set its foot and settled down.
6. The Rajas that performed big sacrifices were
recognized as the Rajas of Janapadas.
7. Purana Qila in Delhi, Hastinapur near Meerut, and
Atranjikhera near Etah (the last two are in Uttar
Pradesh).
8. Occasional gifts brought by people was the source
of income of the Rajas of Janapadas.
9. (i) Use of iron ploughshares was introduced so
that heavy, clayey soil could be turned over and
better and more grain could be produced.
WORKSHEET-40
Solutions
1. (b)
2. The source of income of the Rajas of Mahajanpadas
was regular taxes.
3. The tax that was fixed at 1/6th of the production was
known as bhaga or a share.
4. With the help of iron ploughs, the heavy, clayey
soil could be turned over better than with a wooden
ploughshare, so that more grain could be produced.
5. Magadha became the most important
Mahajanapada in about two hundred years.
6. (i) Building huge forts.
(ii) Maintaining big armies.
7. (i) Slave men and women, (dasas and dasis), and
(ii) Landless agricultural labourers (kammakaras)
were involved is transplanting activity.
8. (i) Rajas of Sangha performed rituals.
P-20
given as tax. The revenue collected was spent
on paying salaries to the people in administra-
tion, on public works and on maintaining the
standing army.
(v) Social organisation : Caste rigidities increased
strict rules that governed each caste. Intermar-
riage and interdining between the castes were
not allowed. The trades and crafts of the shrenis
became hereditary.
(vi) Trade : Good roads encouraged trade, even
over long distances. Overseas trade also gained
importance. Earlier, trading was done through
barter system. Money in the form of punch
marked coins came into use and copper and sil-
ver began to be used in trade. (Any five)
(ii) Transplanting paddy led to increased produc-
tion as many more plants survived.
10. (i) Building huge walls of the fort required great
deal of planning. Thousands of bricks or stone
had to be prepared.
(ii) Thousands of men, women and children of the
kingdom provided enormous labour for this task.
11. Soldiers were paid regular salaries and maintained
by the king throughout the year. Some payments
were probably made using punch marked coins.
12. Forests :
(i) Elephants from the forest were captured and
trained for the army.
(ii) Forests also provided wood for building
houses, carts and chariots.
Rivers :
(i) Transport.
(ii) Water supplies.
(iii) Making the land fertile.
(ii) They met in assemblies and decided what had
to be done and how, through discussion and
debate.
9. (i) The Jana, (the people) chose some of the Rajas.
(ii) Some men became recognised as Rajas by per-
forming very big sacrifices.
10. (i) Women,
(ii) Dasas, and
(iii) Kammakaras were not allowed to participate in
the assemblies.
11. (i) The Ashvamedha or horse sacrifice was one
of the rituals. In this, a horse was let loose to
wander freely and it was guarded by the Raja’s
men.
(ii) If the horse wandered into the kingdoms of
other Rajas and they stopped it then they had
to fight.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 (iii) If they allowed the horse to pass, it meant that
they accepted that they wanted to perform the
sacrifice and the Raja who owns the horse was
stronger than them.
WORKSHEET-41
Solutions
1. (a) mahajanapada later shifted to Pataliputra (present-day Patna).
(b) Ganga, Son
(c) tools, weapons in huts.
(d) Rajagriha
(e) Alexander
(f) Buddha, Mahavira
(g) mahajanapadas
(h) building huge forts, maintaining big armies
(i) crops
(j) Herders
(k) Ashvamedha the battlefield and witnessed his campaigns
(l) central
(m) priests
(n) varna
(o) janapada had to sit and watch the performance of the sac-
(p) brahmins
2. Ganga and Son.
WORKSHEET-42
Solutions
1. Gana or a Sangha.
2. Gupta rulers conquered the last known Sangha. expected to be farmers, herders, and traders.
3. Bimbisar, Ajatashatru and Mahapadma Nanda.
4. Forts were probably built because :
(i) People were afraid of attacks from other kings
and needed protection.
(ii) Some rulers wanted to show how rich and
powerful they were by building really large, tall
and impressive walls around their cities.
(iii) Also in this way, the kings could control their
land and the people living inside the fortified
areas more easily.
5. (i) More than 23,00 years ago, a ruler named Al-
exander who lived in Macedonia in Europe
wanted to become a world conqueror.
(ii) Though he couldn’t conquer the world, he con-
quered parts of Egypt and West Asia, and came
to Indian sub-continent, reaching upto the
banks of the Beas.
(iii) But when he tried to march further eastwards,
his soldiers refused, as they were scared of the
rulers of India who had vast armies of foot sol-
diers, chariots and elephants.
6. (i) The first Varna was that of the Brahmin. Brah-
mins were expected to study (and teach) the
Vedas, perform sacrifices and receive gifts.
(ii) In the second place were the rulers, also known
S OLUT I ONS
(iv) These Rajas were then invited to the sacrifice,
which was performed by specially trained
priests. The Raja that organised the sacrifice
was recognised as very powerful.
3. Rajagriha (present-day Rajgir) in Bihar was the
capital of Magadha for several years, which was
4. (i) The archaeologists found out that people lived
(ii) The people kept cattle as well as other animals.
(iii) The people also grew a variety of crops — rice,
wheat, barley, pulses, sugarcane, sesame and
mustard.
5. (i) Priests : Rituals were performed by specially
trained priests, who were rewarded with gifts
by the Rajas.
(ii) Charioteer : He was the Raja’s companion in
and chanted tales of his glory.
(iii) Rajas wives and sons : They had to perform a
variety of minor rituals.
(iv) Other Rajas : They were simply spectators who
rifice.
(v) The ordinary people, the Vish or Vaishya
brought gifts for Raja.
as Kshatriyas. They were expected to fight bat-
tles and protect people.
(iii) Third were the Vish or the Vaishyas. They were
Both the Kshatriyas and Vaishyas could per-
form sacrifices.
(iv) Last were the Shudras, who had to serve the
other three groups and could not perform any
rituals. Often, women were also grouped with
the Shudras. Both women and Shudras were
not allowed to study the Vedas.
7. Many people did not accept the system of Varna
laid down by the Brahmins.
(i) Some kings thought they were superior to the
priests.
(ii) Others felt that birth could not be a basis for de-
ciding which varna people belonged to.
(iii) Some people felt that there should be no differ-
ences amongst people based on occupation.
(iv) Others felt that everybody should be able to
perform rituals.
(v) Some condemned the practice of untouchability.
(vi) Also, there were many areas in the subconti-
nent, such as the northeast, where social and
economic differences were not very sharp, and
where the influence of the priests was limited.
(Any five)
qqq
P-21
CHAPTER
SECTION
B
6 NEW QUESTIONS AND IDEAS
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-43
Solutions
1. ‘Vedic Sanskrit’ was the language used to compose
the Vedas.
2. Buddha was trying to teach the sorrowing mother
that death will come to all. All people have faced
the deaths in their families. No one can escape from
death.
3. The beggar convinced the sages that all people are
part of the universal world i.e., God, and he is also a
part of the universal soul. If the sages refused food
to the beggar, they are refusing it to God. So, the
sages shared their food with him.
4. Buddha tried to spread his message to the people in
the following ways :
(i) He spent his life travelling on foot, going from
place to place, teaching people, till he passed
away at Kusinara.
(ii) He also encouraged people to think for them-
selves, rather than to simply accept what he
said.
WORKSHEET-44
Solutions
1. Sangha in Chapter 5 :
(i) There were many rulers in the Sangha. They
met frequently to discuss and debate the ques-
tions relating to the state.
(ii) It was a form of government in Vaishali (Bihar).
Sangha in Chapter 6 :
(i) Men and women who joined the Sangha ; led
simple lives, they meditated for most of the
time and went to cities and villages to beg for
food.
(ii) Sangha was an association of those who left
their homes. According to Buddha and Ma-
havira true knowledge can be gained only after
people leave their homes.
Similarities :
(i) In the Sangha in chapter 5 : Women, slaves and
Kammakaras could not participate in these as-
semblies.
(ii) In the Sangha in chapter 6 : Children, slaves
and women had to take permission of their
P-22
(iii) Buddha taught in the language of the people, in
Prakrit, so that everyone could understand his
message.
5. (i) False (ii) True (iii) False (iv) True (v) True
6. The questions which Upanishadic thinkers wanted
to answer were :
(i) They wanted to know why sacrifices should be
performed.
(ii) They believed that there was something perma-
nent in the universe that would last even after
death. They described this as ‘atman’ or indi-
vidual soul.
(iii) They wanted to know about life after death.
(iv) They believed that ultimately both the atman
and the brahman were one.
7. The main teachings of Mahavira were :
(i) People must strictly follow the rules of ahimsa,
which means not hurting or killing living be-
ings.
(ii) He gave a simple message that, men and wom-
en who wished to know the truth must leave
their homes.
parents, masters and husbands respectively, if
they wanted to join the Sangha.
2. The three Varnas were the Brahmins, Kshatriyas
and Vaishyas. The fourth were the Shudras.
Only Brahmin, Kshatriya and Vaishya men were
expected to follow the system of ashramas.
3. Varanasi has many places like Sarnath, which are
closely related to the life of Buddha. So Anagha’s
mother wanted her to know about the story of
Buddha because she was going on a school trip to
Varanasi. It would have enriched her knowledge
about one of the greatest teacher and preacher of
ancient times.
4. Those who wanted to join the Sangha had to take
permission of their parents or their masters. If the
slave wanted to join the Sangha, they had to take
the permission of their masters. The masters would
not give permission easily, because the slaves
worked very hard and did not get any wages. So it
was difficult for the slaves to join the Sangha.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-45
Solutions
1. Sangha :
(i) The members had to go out and beg for food.
(ii) The members had to be on the move, preach-
ing and teaching the people, except during the
rainy season.
(iii) In the Sangha, all people were allowed to join,
whether women or slaves. Children and wom-
en had to take permission from their parents,
husbands respectively.
(iv) The members were expected to lead a life of
celibacy once they joined the Sangha.
Ashram :
(i) They lived in the family for the first two stages
and there was no need to beg.
(ii) One of the ashramas was the grihastha ash-
rama, when they had to marry and live as a
household.
(iii) The first two ashramas, the brahmacharya and
grihastha, were spent at home.
(iv) Only Brahmins, Kshatriyas and Vaishyas were
expected to follow the ashramas. Shudras were
not allowed in the ashrama. Women had to fol-
low the ashrama chosen by their husbands. ‘
2. Sohan : Father, I want to go to listen the preaching
of Buddha.
Parents : Who is Buddha ? I have never heard this
name before.
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-46
Solutions
1. (b)
2. (c)
3. Siddhartha was the original name of Lord Buddha.
4. Prakrit language or Vedic Sanskrit. brahmin teacher named Gautama, and eventually,
5. It means ‘‘approaching and sitting near’’.
6. The followers of Mahavira are known as Jains. time.
7. The Buddha taught in the language of the ordinary
people, Prakrit, so that everybody could understand
his message.
8. It was difficult for farmers to follow Jainism because
they had to kill insects to protect their crops which
was not allowed in Jainism.
9. Many of the thinkers felt that there was something
permanent in the universe that would last even
after death. They described this as the atman or the
individual soul and the brahmin or the universal
S OLUT I ONS
Sohan : Oh ! (with exclamation) He is a great saint
and founder of Buddhism.
Parents : Can you tell us what does he say in his
preaching ?
Sohan : In one of his preaching he says that just as the
waters of rivers loose their name and separateness
when they flow into the mighty ocean, similarly,
varna, caste and family are forgotten when we are
joined together.
Parents : Very Good. You must go there.
3. The five ideas are :
(i) Some people wanted to know about life after
death.
(ii) People should lead simple lives.
(iii) Life is full of sufferings.
(iv) People should be kind to others and respect all
living beings.
(v) People were taught in their own language.
4. Mohandas Karam Chand Gandhi was born in
Gujarat at Porbandar on 2nd October 1869. He soon
started a struggle against the white government on
behalf of the Asians and Africans who were treated
badly. Gandhiji adopted non-violent methods
to fight against the oppressive and cruel rule of
the whites. He started a form of resistance called
SATYAGRAHA, which means using truth and non-
violence to fight against injustice. He wore simple
cotton dhoti and ate the simple food as others.
soul. They believed that ultimately, both the atman
and the brahmin are one.
10. Satyakama Jabala was named after his mother, the
slave woman Jabali. He had a deep desire to learn
about reality and was accepted as a student by a
he became one of the best-known thinkers of that
11. The followers of Mahavira are known as Jains.
Some of the features of the Jains are :
(i) They had to lead very simple lives, begging for
food.
(ii) They have to be absolutely honest and are
especially asked not to steal.
(iii) They have to observe celibacy.
(iv) Men had to give up everything, including their
clothes.
P-23
 WORKSHEET-47
Solutions
1. (b)
2. (c)
3. Bhikkhus were followers of the Buddha who
begged for food.
4. Panini was a great grammarian. He prepared the
grammar for Sanskrit. He arranged the vowels and
consonants in a special order and then used these to
create formulae like those found in algebra.
5. Siddhartha was the founder of Buddhism.
6. Buddha gained enlightenment under a peepal tree
at Bodh Gaya in Bihar.
7. At Sarnath, near Varanasi.
8. Sangha was an association of those who left their
homes. As both Mahavira and Buddha felt that
only those who left their homes could gain true
knowledge, they arranged for them to stay together
in the Sangha.
9. Sangha could be joined by brahmins, kshatriyas,
merchants, labourers, barbers, courtesans and slaves.
WORKSHEET-48
Solutions
1. (d)
2. Buddha passed away at Kusinara.
3. The rules made for the Buddhist Sangha were
written down in a book called the Vinaya Pitaka.
4. Many monks and nuns in the later years felt the need
for more permanent shelters, and so, monasteries
were built. These are known as Viharas.
5. Over hundreds of years, Jainism spread to different
parts of north India and to Gujarat, Tamil Nadu and
Karnataka.
6. Men and women who joined the Sangha led simple
lives. They meditated for most of the time, and went
to cities and villages to beg for food during fixed
hours. That is why, they were known as bhikshus
(the Prakrit word for beggar) and bhikshunis. They
performed the following functions :
(i) They taught others and helped one another.
(ii) They also held meetings to settle any quarrels
that took place within the Sangha.
7. Upanishad were part of the later Vedic texts.
Upanishad literally means ‘approaching and sitting
near’ and the texts contain conversations between
teachers and students. Often, ideas were presented
through simple dialogues.
P-24
10. The earlier viharas were made of wood and then of
bricks. Some of them were even built in caves that
were dug out in hills, especially in western India.
11. Buddha taught that :
(i) Life is full of sufferings and unhappiness. This
is caused because we have cravings and desires
(which often cannot be fulfilled).
(ii) Sometimes, even if we get what we want, we
are not satisfied and want even more (or want
other things). Buddha described it as ‘thirst’ or
‘tanha’. He taught that this constant craving
could be removed by following moderation in
everything.
(iii) He also taught people to be kind and to respect
the lives of others, including animals.
(iv) He believed that the results of our actions
(called karma), whether good or bad, affect us
both in this life and the next.
(v) He also encouraged people to think for them-
selves rather than to simply accept what he
said.
Most Upanishadic thinkers were men, especially
brahmins and Rajas. Occasionally, there is the
mention of women thinkers also.
8.
Vardhamana Mahavira was the most famous
thinker of the Jains, who spread his message
around 2500 years ago. He was a kshatriya prince of
the Lichchhavis, a group that was a part of the Vajji
Sangha.
At the age of thirty, he left home and went to live in
a forest. For twelve years, he led a hard and lonely
life, at the end of which he attained enlightenment.
9. Mahavira taught the following :
(i) He taught a simple doctrine: men and women
who wished to know the truth must leave their
homes.
(ii) They must follow very strictly the rules of
ahimsa, which means not hurting or killing liv-
ing beings. “All beings,” said Mahavira, “long to
live. To all things, life is dear.”
(iii) Followers of Mahavira, who were known as
Jains had to lead very simple lives by begging
for food.
(iv) They had to be absolutely honest and were spe-
cially asked not to steal.
(v) They had to observe celibacy and men had to
give up everything, including their clothes.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-49
Solutions were becoming popular, Brahmins developed
the system of Ashramas. The word ‘ashrama’
1. (a) Siddhartha means ‘a stage of life’.
(b) realisation, Bodh Gaya (ii) Four Ashramas were recognised—brahmacha-
(c) Sarnath rya, grihastha, vanaprastha and sanyasa.
(d) teaching, Kusinara (iii) Brahmacharya : Brahmin, kshatriya and
(e) kind, animals vaishya men were expected to lead simple lives
(f) Upanishads, approaching, sitting near and study the Vedas during the early years of
(g) Brahmins, Raja their lives.
(h) Shankaracharya (iv) Grihastha : Then they had to marry and live as
(i) Vardhamana Mahavira, 2500 householders.
(v) Vanaprastha : Then they had to live in the for-
(j) All beings, long to live
est and meditate. Finally, they had to give up
(k) Jains
everything and become Sanyasis. The system
(l) Gujarat, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka of Ashramas allowed men to spend some part
(m) Buddhist Sangha, Vinaya Pitaka of their lives in meditation. Generally, women
(n) Viharas were not allowed to study the Vedas and they
(o) Ashramas had to follow the Ashramas chosen by their
2. (i) Around the time when Jainism and Buddhism husbands.

WORKSHEET-50
Solutions
1. (i) The system of Ashramas developed around the
6th century B.C. This was the time when Jainism
and Buddhism became popular.
(ii) The word ‘Ashrama’ means ‘a stage of life’.
(iii) There were four Ashramas. They were brahma-
charya, grihastha, vanaprastha and sanyasa.
2. (i) Buddhist monks and nuns lived and meditated
in these shelters.
(ii) These caves were used by the monks and nuns
in the rainy season because during this season
it was very difficult to travel.
(iii) This cave is in Karle, which is in present day
Maharashtra.

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-25

CHAPTER
SECTION
ASHOKA, THE EMPEROR WHO GAVE UP
B
7 WAR
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-51
Solutions
1. The lions present on our currency notes and coins
have been adopted from Ashokan Sarnath Pillar
as these were a symbol of power, authority and
compassion along with being a reflection of our rich
heritage.
2. The countries are India, Pakistan and Afghanistan.
The states outside the empire were Kerala, Jammu
and Kashmir, North-East states, Sikkim.
3. Empires need more resources than kingdoms
because empires are larger than kingdoms and need
to be protected. They also need a larger number of
officials who collect taxes.
4. During the reign of Chandragupta Maurya, there
were frequent wars to conquer more territories. The
WORKSHEET-52
Solutions
1. Pataliputra :
(i) The houses of two or three storeys, they were
built of wood and mud bricks.
(ii) The king’s palace were made of wood and dec-
orated with stone carvings.
Mohenjodaro :
(i) Houses were single storeyed, made of burnt
bricks.
(ii) There was no king, hence no palace. The city
was divided into two parts-the citadel and the
surrounding area.
2. Kalinga war was the one which changed Ashoka’s
life. About a lakh of people were killed. He was
filled with sorrow and remorse when he saw a
huge carnage of people and animals. He heard
the wailings and cries of the women and children.
Ashoka decided to give up warfare and decided to
observe Dhamma and spread Dhamma.
3. Ashoka’s Dhamma was to teach his subjects just as
a father tries to teach his children.
4. There were a number of problems that troubled
Ashoka. People in the empire followed different
religions and this sometimes led to conflict. Animals
P-26
other kings could send their spies to know more
about the king. So, Chandragupta Maurya was
always afraid that his life was in big danger. So, he
had special servants who tasted the food, before he
ate.
5. The different occupations followed by the people
were :
(i) Stone cutting and craftsmanship
(ii) Farming
(iii) Pastoral farming
(iv) Masonry
(v) Carpentry
(vi) Food gathering in the forest.
6. (i) taxes (ii) governors (iii) roads, rivers
(iv) tribute
7. (i) False (ii) False (iii) False (iv) True
were sacrificed, slaves and servants were ill-treated.
There were quarrels in the family and among the
neighbours. He felt it was his duty to solve these
problems.
5. The means adopted by Ashoka to spread his
message of Dhamma were :
(i) He wrote his messages on rocks and pillars
which were erected in different parts of the em-
pire.
(ii) He appointed officers known as Dhamma Ma-
hamattas to spread and explain the message of
Dhamma.
They were in Prakrit, the language of the people.
6. The slaves were mostly prisoners of war and
servants did menial jobs. They were ill-treated. The
orders of the emperor could have made the slaves
free. If the servants were ill-treated, the master
could be punished.
7. The four orders are :
(i) Respect your parents and elders.
(ii) All religions are equal and praiseworthy.
(iii) Respect the laws of the country.
(iv) Everyone has right to education. All children,
whether boys or girls, should be sent to school.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-53
Solutions
1. In his message Ashoka speaks about :
(i) Respect for all religions.
(ii) Respecting the elders.
(iii) Treating all creatures with compassion.
These ideas and messages are still relevant today :
(i) We must respect our elders, specially our par-
ents and teachers.
(ii) We have international organisations like SPCA
(Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Ani-
mals) and other societies like PETA (Peoples for
Ethical Treatment of Animals).
(iii) Secularism is part of our constitution. It means
that there is no state religion. Secondly, people
are free to worship in any manner. In other
words, it means we must have respect for all
religions.
2. Ashoka’s attitude towards the neighbouring
people, was totally different from the contemporary
Chinese emperors. For example, the Chinese
emperors constructed a wall to protect the northern
frontier of the empire from the pastoral people,
whereas Ashoka expanded his empire of Dhamma
by sending officials to spread the message of
non-violence. This example presents the open-
mindedness of Ashoka.
3. Parents : Who are you ? You seem to be an outsider.
Messenger : We have been sent by Emperor Ashoka
to spread his message of love and pity.
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-54
Solutions
1. (a)
2. (b)
3. Large kingdom where different types of people live
in different parts of the kingdom is known as an
empire.
4. Big cities of an empire are called provinces. Empires
were divided into provinces to administer them
efficiently.
5. Chanakya wrote Arthashastra.
6. South India was important for its gold and precious
stones.
7. Megasthenes was an ambassador who was sent
to the Court of Chandragupta by the Greek ruler
Seleucus Nicator.
8. Ashoka’s Dhamma was not a new religion. Ashoka
was inspired by the teachings of Buddha and
S OLUT I ONS
Parents : After a huge carnage, he wants to love us.
Why ? We can see no reason in it. You can go away.
Messenger : We have come to spread the message
of love and we will leave after we have your hearts.
Parents : Can your emperor return our friends and
relatives ?
Messenger : No, he cannot and this is true. But if
a man realises his mistakes and promises not to
repeat them, he deserves your love. Even lord
Buddha spread the message of love.
4. If you look at the Ashokan pillar at Sarnath (or a
picture of it), you will find that the capital of the
pillar has 4 lions sitting back to back. The lion
represents the attainment of Buddha. The four lions
surmounting the capital symbolize the kingship of
the Buddha and his roar over the four directions.
There is also a non-religious interpretation to the
symbol, describing the four lions as the symbol of
Ashoka’s rule in the four directions.
Just as Buddha and his follower Ashoka wanted
to spread the message of peace and friendship,
similarly, India, after she gained independence,
wanted to spread the same message. So, India
adopted the emblem of 4 lions after she gained
independence.
We can find this emblem on the car of the
President of India, Prime Minister and other Indian
dignitaries. It can also be seen on the epaulette.
his Dhamma contained mostly the teachings of
Buddhism. He considered that it was his duty to
solve the problems of his subjects by instructing
them. So, he appointed Dhamma Mahamatta to
teach people about Dhamma.
9. (i) Empire is a large area, whereas kingdom is
smaller than it.
(ii) Empire is ruled by an emperor whereas a king-
dom is ruled by a king.
(iii) An empire needs more officials and resources to
manage it, but a kingdom needs less resources
for it.
10. Chandragupta Maurya was supported by a wise
man named Chanakya or Kautilya. Many of
Chanakya’s ideas were written down in a book
called ‘Arthashastra’.
11. As the empire was very large, different parts were
ruled differently by various Mauryans.
P-27
 (i) The area around Pataliputra was under the di-
rect control of the emperor. The officials were
appointed to collect taxes from farmers, herd-
ers, crafts persons and traders who lived in vil-
lages and towns in the area. Officials also pun-
ished those who disobeyed the ruler’s orders.
(ii) There were other areas or provinces. Each of
them was ruled from a provincial capital such
as Taxila or Ujjain and there was some amount
of control from Pataliputra. Royal princes were
often sent as Governors.
WORKSHEET-55
Solutions
1. (c)
2. (d)
3. Ashoka’s inscriptions were in Prakrit and were
written in the Brahmi script.
4. When members of the same family become rulers
one after another, the family is often called a
dynasty.
5. Tributes were the payments that were not collected
regularly, but at times, when it was possible. Tribute
could be in the form of a variety of things.
6. Ashoka fought a famous war called Kalinga.
Although he had won the war, the violence and
bloodshed of the war made him restless. So, he
decided to give up wars.
7. There were several cities in the Mauryan Empire.
These included the capital Pataliputra, Taxila
and Ujjain. Taxila was the gateway to the North-
West, including Central Asia, while Ujjain was on
the route from North to South India. Merchants,
officials and crafts persons probably lived in these
cities.
WORKSHEET-56
Solutions
1. (b)
2. (a) Mauryan board incharge of various functions. All the cit-
(b) Kalinga
(c) Dhamma (iii) Education : It was fairly widespread and teach-
(d) Dhamma
(e) Chandragupta Maurya dhist monasteries were the educational in-
(f) Chanakya, Kautilya
(g) Arthashastra established in Taxila, Ujjain and Varanasi.
(h) Taxila
(i) Pataliputra
3. (i) Administration : During Ashoka’s time, the king
was the head of the state and was assisted by
‘mantriparishad’—the council of ministers. His
empire was divided into provinces and the prov-
inces were divided into districts. Villages were the
smallest units. City was the basic trade centre.
P-28
(iii) Besides, there were vast areas between these
centres. Here, the Mauryas tried to control
roads and rivers which were important for
transport and to collect whatever resources
were available as tax and tribute.
(iv) There were also the forested regions. People liv-
ing in these areas were more or less independ-
ent, but were expected to provide elephants,
timber, honey and wax to the Mauryan officials.
8. Kalinga is the ancient name of coastal Odisha.
Ashoka fought a war to conquer Kalinga. However,
he was so horrified when he saw the violence and
bloodshed, that he decided not to fight any more
wars. He is the only king in the history of the world
who gave up conquest after winning a war.
9. (i) The empire that Ashoka ruled was founded by
his grandfather, Chandragupta Maurya, more
than 2300 years ago.
(ii) He was the first ruler who tried to spread his
message to the people through inscriptions.
Most of Ashoka’s inscriptions were in Prakrit
and were written in Brahmi script.
(iii) He is the only king in the history of the world
who gave up conquest after winning a war.
10. There were a number of problems that troubled
Ashoka and he wanted to resolve them, like—
(i) People in the empire followed different reli-
gions which sometimes led to conflict.
(ii) Animals were sacrificed.
(iii) Slaves and servants were ill-treated.
(iv) Besides, there were quarrels in families and
amongst neighbours.
(ii) Pataliputra : The capital city was administrated
by the Chief-Nagarika with the City Council of
30 members, who, in turn, had 6 boards, each
ies were administered like Pataliputra.
ing was mainly the job of the Brahmins. Bud-
stitutions. Famous educational centers were
(iv) Revenue : The income for the empire came
through taxes which were both in cash and
kind, levied on land holding and trade. Tax col-
lection was hardly very strict.
(v) Army : The army was very huge and func-
tioned under senapati who directly reported to
the king. The Soldiers were well equipped with
swords, bows and arrows and spears and were
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 looked after very well. Army was divided into
six branches. They were : Cavalry, Infantry,
Chariots, Elephants, Transport and Navy.
WORKSHEET-57
Solutions
1. (i) According to Megasthenes,
(a) The King’s appearance in public was celebrated
with grand royal processions.
(b) He was carried in a golden palanquin sur-
rounded with guards, elephants and birds.
(ii) The following precautions were taken regarding
the King’s safety :
(a) The King was normally surrounded by armed
women.
S OLUT I ONS
(vi) Economy : The administrators helped villagers
by clearing forest area and starting new settle-
ments. They also helped people start agricul-
ture and animal husbandry.
(b) He never slept in the same bedroom for two
nights.
2. (i) Ashoka conquered Kalinga, eight years after be-
coming the king.
(ii) About a lakh and a half people were captured
and more than a lakh were killed in the Kalinga
war. This filled Ashoka with sorrow.
(iii) He got the message inscribed for his son and
grandson to give up fighting and think of meth-
ods of spreading the Dhamma.
(iv) Ashoka gave up fighting after the Kalinga war.
qqq
P-29
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
8 VITAL VILLAGES THRIVING TOWNS

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-58
Solutions
1. (i) Kings need money for armies, palaces and
forts.
(ii) They demand taxes from farmers.
(iii) Farmers have to increase production to pay
taxes.
(iv) This is possible with irrigation.
(v) Kings provide money and plan irrigation
works.
(vi) Labour is provided by the people.
(vii) Production increases.
(viii) So does revenue.
(ix) Farmers also benefit because crop production
is more certain.
2. Three different kinds of people lived in the villages.
They were vellalar (landowners) uzhavar (ordinary
ploughmen), adimai or kadaisiyar (landless
labourers and slaves).
3. The occupations mentioned in the story are :
(i) Trader - city
(ii) Potter - lived in the villages
(iii) Owner - lived in the city
(iv) Gardener - both in the villages and city
(v) Grasscutter - villages
(vi) Horse merchant (trader) - both in the villages
and city.
4. The horse dealer was coming to the city to sell his
horses because he had 500 horses and wanted to sell
them to make profit.
5. (i) Vellalar, (ii) slaves and hired workers, (iii)
uzhavar, (iv) smaller.
6. In the northern parts of the country, the village
headman was known as the gramabhojaka. The
post was hereditary. He was the largest landowner.
Besides, as he was powerful, the king often used him
to collect taxes from the village. He was powerful
because he was a hereditary village headman. He
was the largest landowner.
7. The craft persons who would have been present in
both villages and cities are as follow :
Cobbler, Carpenter, Weaver, Maison, Blacksmith,
Goldsmith, Potter, Basket maker, Garland maker, etc.

WORKSHEET-59
Solutions
1. Women could have taken up some occupations :
(i) Grass cutter : Cutting grass is time consuming
but easy to work.
(ii) Hotel owner : It is time consuming, needing
long hours of work. It cannot be taken up by
women.
(iii) Potter : Making pottery is also an easy job.
(iv) Traders : Usually they work in the cities or go
from one city to another.
2. The ring wells have been used as toilets in some
cases and as drains and garbage dumps. These ring
wells are usually found individual houses.
3. Goods exported and imported from Bharuch
(Barygaza) are:
Exported :
(i) Perfumes 5. (i) d, (ii) a, (iii) c, (iv) b.
(ii) Cotton
(iii) Silk
(iv) Carnelian
(v) Plants from the Himalayas
(vi) Ivory
(vii) Agate
Imported :
(i) Gold and silver coins
(ii) Cloth
(iii) Wine
(iv) Copper
(v) Lead
The two things that were not in use during
Harappan times are :
(i) Plants from the Himalayas
(ii) Gold and silver coins.
The merchants brought gifts for the king to please
them and the king could give them favours.
4. The craft persons who would have been present in
both villages and cities are as follow :
Cobbler, Carpenter, Weaver, Maison, Blacksmith,
Goldsmith, Potter, Basket maker, Garland maker, etc.
6. Ploughs would have been important for agriculture.
The other tools used were sickles and axes. The
other tools like tongs, nails and hammers were used
for carpentry and also by blacksmith.

P-30 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-60
Solutions
1. The merchants wanted to exchange paddy for salt.
They are travelling in carts, with their families.
2. The main occupations of the people were:
(i) Perfumers
(ii) Basket makers
(iii) Goldsmith
(iv) Blacksmiths
(v) Garland makers
(vi) Weavers
The occupation not followed by the people of the
Indus Valley was garland making.
3. Arthashastra mentions the rules for spinning and
weaving. It describes how this process can be carried
out under the supervision of a special official. The
rules were :
(i) They should be paid according to the quality
and quantity of the work done.
(ii) Women had to submit their work in the morn-
ing and get wages. If a woman did not complete
her work, she was severely punished.
(iii) All the people like young women, nurse, moth-
ers, retired women were servants of the king.
WORKSHEET-61
Solutions
1. Stamped red-glazed pottery known as Arretine
ware, Roman lamps glassware and genes have been
found at the site which proves that Romans were in
contact.
2. The amphitheatres and aqueducts were made of
bricks and cement mortar. Romans were the first to
find cement.
3. We see that the gulf is very narrow at Barygaza,
and very hard to navigate. The items of import in
Barygaza are wine, copper tin, lead coral, topaz,
cloth gold and silver coins, and the items of exports
from the sown are plants from the Himalayas, ivory,
agate, cornelian, cotton, silk and perfumes.
4. (i) First craftsman buys raw material from differ-
ent parts of the city or village.
(ii) Second, he works with the help of family mem-
ber in the house.
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-62
Solutions
1. (b) Buddhist monks in Sanghas.
S OLUT I ONS
Women who had retired from service in tem-
ples, could be employed for processing wool,
bark, cotton, hemp and flax.
(iv) Superintendent had to be discreet while talking
to the women, otherwise he was punished.
4. (i) The ancient cities (Similarity and differences
both) : The ancient cities had ring well system.
It is a row of pots or ceramic rings arranged one
on the top of other.
(ii) They have been used as toilets in some cases
and as drains and garbage dumps. These ring
wells have been found in individual houses.
(iii) Toilet is in the houses.
(iv) Ring wells used as garbage bins.
Present cities : (Similarity and differences both)
(i) There is underground drainage system with
covered drains. The drainage system is highly
developed.
(ii) The bathroom, toilets and kitchens have under-
ground system and are connected to the main
drains outside.
(iii) Toilets in the houses with cisterns and flushes.
(iv) There are garbage pits where garbage from the
whole city is dumped.
(iii) Third he works with simple tools like spindles
and looms, etc.
(iv) They complete the work and the finished prod-
uct is sent to the cities for selling.
5. In present time, the people of our city work in
offices, banks, schools, factories, shops etc. The
people of our village work in fields, do many craft
work etc.
Differences : The people who lived in Mathura
were farmers and herders. Some of the people were
sculptures. Now, this city has been converted into
urban-based culture and there are less herders,
farmers and sculpture.
Similarities : The people in Mathura worked as
goldsmiths, blacksmiths, weavers, basket makers,
garland makers, perfumers. In present time, people
in cities are goldsmiths and others are present in the
villages.
2. (c)
3. Jatakas were stories written and preserved by
P-31
 4. Associations of crafts persons and merchants were
known as Shrenis.
5. Small land owners were known as Grihapatis. culture and trade. Internal and overseas trade
6. A harbour or a town possessing a harbour is called
a port.
7. Many sculptures were used for decoration purposes.
Railways, pillars and gateways of buildings were
often decorated with the help of sculptures.
8. In many cities, archaeologists have found rows of
pots or ceramic rings arranged one on top of the
other. These are known as ring wells.
9. NBPW is Northern Black Polished Ware. It got its
name from the fact that it is generally found in the
northern part of the subcontinent. It is usually of
black colour and has a fine shine.
10. The earliest coins which were in use for about 500
years were punch marked coins. They have been
given this name because the designs were punched
on to the metal—silver or copper.
WORKSHEET-63
Solutions
1. (d)
2. (a)
3. A bigger unit than the town is known as a city. 9. The archaeologists have found about these cities
4. Silver or copper. through the following:
5. Irrigation works that were built around 2500 years
ago included canals, wells, tanks, and artificial
lakes.
6. Ring wells are used as toilets in some cases, and
also, as drains and garbage dumps. These ring wells
are usually found in individual houses.
7. (i) Some of the earliest works in Tamil, known as
Sangam literature, were composed around 2300
years ago.
(ii) These texts were called Sangam because they
were supposed to have been composed and
compiled in assemblies (known as Sangams) of
poets which were held in the city of Madurai.
8. There were at least three different kinds of people
living in most of the villages in the southern parts of
the subcontinent. In the Tamil region :
(i) Large landowners were known as vellalar,
WORKSHEET-64
Solutions
1. (c)
2. (a) mahajanapadas (h) mathura
(b) archaeologists
(c) 500 years (j)
(d) 3000
(e) megalithic burials
(l)
P-32
11. (i) Growth of towns : The establishment of king-
doms and empires led to an increase in agri-
routes opened up. These developments result-
ed in the growth of towns.
(ii) Greater agriculture production : Agricultural
production increased due to an increased use
of iron tools. It became possible to produce
more from the same land. Iron tools such as axe
helped in clearing forests. The kings of the pe-
riod also encouraged the building of irrigation
works and dug wells, tanks and canals.
(iii) Growth of crafts : Arts and crafts also flour-
ished. Each village had potters, weavers, dy-
ers, metal workers, carpenters, blacksmiths,
goldsmiths, garland makers, basket makers and
other craftsmen.
(iv) Functions of town : Some towns were religious
centres, while others were administrative cen-
tres. Broach, Sopara and Tamralipti were trad-
ing centres.
(ii) Ordinary ploughmen were known as uzhavar
and
(iii) Landless labourers, including slaves, were
known as kadaisiyar and adimai.
(i) Jatakas : These were stories that were probably
composed by ordinary people and then written
down and preserved by Buddhist monks.
(ii) Sculptures : These were carved structures, de-
picting peoples’ lives in towns and villages as
well as in the forests. Many of these sculptures
were used to decorate railings, pillars and gate-
ways of buildings that were visited by people.
(iii) Ring wells : In many cities, archaeologists have
found rows of pots, or ceramic rings arranged
one on top of the other. These are known as
ring wells.
(iv) From the accounts of sailors and travellers who
visited various places, one of the most detailed
accounts that have been found was by an un-
known Greek sailor. He described all the ports
he visited.
(f) transplantation
(g) sangam literature
(i) Kushanas
Monasteries, Shrenies, Krishna
(k) Shrenis
Arikamedu.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 3. In the northern part of the sub-continent :
(i) The village headman was known as the Grama
Bhojaka.
(ii) The independent farmers were known as Gri-
hapatis, most of whom were smaller landown-
ers.
(iii) The other men and women who did not own
land, and had to earn their living by working
on the fields owned by others, were known as
dasa karmakara.
4. Many crafts persons and merchants formed associations
known as Shrenis. They performed the following
function :
(i) These Shrenis of craftspersons provided train-
ing, procured raw material and distributed the
finished products.
(ii) The Shrenis of merchants organised trade.
WORKSHEET-65
Solutions
1. (i) Merchants brought special gifts like vessels
of silver, singing boys, beautiful women, fine
wines and fine cloth for the King.
(ii) Wine, copper, tin, lead, coral, topaz, cloth, gold
and silver coins were imported into Barygaza.
While exports from the town included plants
from the Himalayas, ivory, agate, carnelian, cot-
ton, silk and perfumes.
(iii) Ships were steered in by skillful and experi-
enced local fishermen.
S OLUT I ONS
(iii) Shrenis also served as banks where rich men
and women deposited money, which was in-
vested and part of the interest was returned or
used to support religious institutions such as
monasteries.
5. (i) Mathura has been an important settlement for
more than 2500 years. It was important because
it was located at the crossroads of two major
routes of travel and trade — from the North-
West to the East and from North to South.
(ii) Mathura was also a centre where some ex-
tremely fine sculptures were produced.
(iii) Around 2000 years ago, Mathura became the
second capital of the Kushanas.
(iv) Mathura was also a religious centre — there
were Buddhist monasteries, Jain shrines and
it was an important centre for the worship of
Krishna.
2. (i) Aqueducts were huge channels to supply wa-
ter.
(ii) The Roman emperors built these aqueducts to
bring water to the city for the baths, fountains
and toilets.
(iii) Amphitheatres were open arenas surrounded
by tiers of seats where citizens could watch all
kinds of shows.
(iv) King Augustus was one of the important em-
perors of the Roman empire.
qqq
P-33
CHAPTER
SECTION
B
9 TRADERS, KINGS AND PILGRIMS
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-66
Solutions
1. They were always on the move to sell the things
which they had made in their hometown at other
places.
2. The fine pottery which was found from several
archaeological sites may have been carried to the
places where they were made to sell from other
places.
3. India had a brisk trade with Roman Empire. The
traders took spices, precious stones and carried
them in ships across the sea, and by land, in
caravans.
4. Sandal wood, pearls and corals, black pepper gold
and crops, food stuffs. Since they were brought to
Ruhar, an important port on east coast, they were
meant to be exported.
5. He wanted to control the coasts in order to remain
powerful and rule the entire coastal region.
WORKSHEET-67
Solutions
1. The advantages were benefit from taxes, tributes
and gifts that were brought by traders travelling
along the routes. When they passed through this
silk route they were attacked by robber’s.
2. The similarities are : In both the statues, Buddha is
preaching and these are carved.
The differences are- In the statue of Mathura,
Buddha is shown in standing posture, while in
the statue of Taxila, Buddha is shown in a sitting
posture. Secondly, in Taxila statue, Buddha is
shown as having attained enlightenment.
3. Buddhism spread South Eastwards to Sri Lanka,
Myanmar and Thailand and other parts of South-
East Asia, including Indonesia, because Buddhist
monks travelled to these parts, along with traders
and merchants.
4. On the basis of Map 6 (page 85 of the text book) the
route, that Fa Xian took to his homeland is Bengal -
Masulipatam - Poduca - Takkola - Oceo.
5. Fa-Xian did not throw away his books and statues
because he loved them and they were all an
important collection for preservation.
P-34
6. It would have been difficult to use carts along the
silk route as it was a long dangerous route, through
roads, mountains and deserts. People living along
the route often demanded payments for allowing
traders to pass through. The traders could be
attacked by robbers.
7. The kings wanted to control the silk route because
they could benefit from the taxes, tributes and gifts
that were brought by traders travelling along the
route.
8. The remains of the merchandise like pottery,
especially bowls and plates have been found at
trading posts.
9. The main features of Bhakti are :
(i) According to this system of belief, if a devotee
worships the chosen deity with a pure heart,
the deity will appear in the form in which he or
she may desire.
(ii) Bhakti emphasised devotion and individual
worship of a god or goddess rather than perfor-
mance of elaborate sacrifices.
6. Xuan Zang and other pilgrims spent time studying
in Nalanda because :
(i) The teachers were highly talented.
(ii) Rules of the monastery were strict and every-
one had to follow them.
(iii) Discourse were held throughout the day and
doubts were settled.
(iv) The gatekeeper asked difficult questions from
the new entrants. They were allowed to en-
ter only after they were able to answer them.
Seven or eight out of every ten people were not
able to answer.
Xuan Zang wanted to study at Nalanda because of
its high standards.
7. Pilgrims are men and women who undertake
journeys to holy places in order to offer worship.
The Chinese pilgrims like Xuan-Zang came to visit
places associated with the life of Buddha as well
as the famous monasteries. They also spent time
studying in the monasteries. Xuan-Zang and other
pilgrims spent time studying in Nalanda (Bihar).
8. Ordinary people were attracted to Bhakti because
it was a devotion to a particular deity e.g., Shiva,
Vishnu, etc. The people did not need to perform
elaborate temple or religious ceremonies.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-68
Solutions
1. This is a poem composed by Appear in Tamil, who
was a devotee of Shiva. He was a Vellala (a large
landowner) He considered devotion to God as
more important than social status.
2. The Christian preachers came to West Asia to the
West coast of the ‘sub-continent, partly travelling
through land and partly by sea. They landed near
Kerala because Syrian Christians are amongst the
oldest Christian communities in the world.
3. Fa-Xian : What is this in your hand ?
Ravi : It is a manuscript which my father gave me to
read.
Fa-Xian : May I see this manuscript ?
Ravi : Why not, it is our precious inheritance and
I think you will get a lot of knowledge about our
culture and tradition.
Fa-Xian : (After observing keenly.) Amazing it is a
great thing, if you permit me to carry with me.
Ravi : Yes, I’ll feel great pleasure, if you tell your
people about us and our heritage.
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-69
Solutions
1. (c)
2. (b)
3. South India was famous for gold and spices,
especially pepper and precious stones.
4. Madurai was the capital of the Pandyas.
5. Kushanas were the rulers who controlled the Silk
Route.
6. The persons who carry different kinds of things
from one place to another are known as traders.
7. ‘Muvendar’ is a Tamil word which means three
chiefs, used for the heads of the three ruling families
of South India. They were the Cholas, Cheras and
Pandyas, who became powerful around 2300 years
ago.
8. Bodhisattvas were the persons who had attained
enlightenment. Once they attained enlightenment,
they could live in complete isolation and meditate
in the place.
9. The pilgrims who came to visit India left an account
of their journeys. They wrote about the dangers
they faced during their travels. They also had
S OLUT I ONS
4. I buy following things from the market :
(i) Readymade garments—made in the cities.
(ii) Food grains—grown in the villages.
(iii) Electronic toys and mobile phones—made in
the city.
(iv) Stationery goods—made in the cities.
(v) Vegetables—in the nearby areas and from vil-
lages.
5. “Vaishno Devi Ki Yatra” is one of the most arduous
journey undertaken by the pilgrims. It is a sacred
place for the Hindus. The journey is under taking
by people of all ages. It takes about 12 hours from
Delhi. The journey is performed in all months.
Part of the journey is covered by train, other part
on foot and riding on animals. The security forces
have to protect the pilgrims from terrorist attacks.
The pilgrims carry offerings, and after bathing they
offer their prayers, then they start on the return
journey. Very often the pilgrims bring ‘prasad’
which is distributed among the people back in their
home.
explained about the countries and the monasteries
that they had visited and the books they had carried
back with them.
10. (i) Bhakti comes from the Sanskrit team ‘bhaj’,
meaning ‘to derive or share’. This suggests an
intimate, two-way relationship between the de-
ity and the devotee.
(ii) Bhakti is directed towards Bhagavat, which
is often translated as God but also means one
who possesses and shares bhaga, literally
meaning‘good fortune’ or ‘bliss’.
(iii) The devotee, known as the bhakta or the bhaga-
vata shares his or her chosen deity’s bhaga.
(iv) Bhakti is generally understood as a person’s
devotion to his or her chosen deity. Anybody
whether rich or poor, belonging to the so called
‘high’ or ‘low’ castes, man or woman could fol-
low the path of Bhakti.
(v) According to this system, if a devotee worships
the chosen deity with a pure heart, the deity
will appear in the form in which he or she may
desire. So, the deity could be thought of as a hu-
man being, lion, tree or in any other form.
P-35
 WORKSHEET-70
Solutions
1. (a)
2. (c)
3. The Kushanas were the rulers who ruled over
Central Asia and North West India around 2000
years ago.
4. Pepper was particularly much valued in the Roman
Empire, due to which it was known as ‘Black Gold’.
5. ‘Dakshinapatha’ literally means ‘the route leading
to the South’, which was also used as a name for the
entire southern region.
6. Techniques of making silk were first invented in
China around 7000 years ago.
7. Some people from China went to distant lands on
foot, horseback and on camels, carrying silk with
them. The paths they followed came to be known
as the Silk Route.
8. The word ‘Hindu’, like the term ‘India’ is derived
from the river Indus. It was used by Arabs and
Iranians to refer to the people who lived to the East
of the river and their cultural practices, including
religious beliefs.
9. The main features of Bhakti are as follows :
WORKSHEET-71
Solutions
1. (c)
2. Kanishka was the most famous Kushana ruler who
ruled around 1900 years ago.
3. Ashvaghosha was a poet who composed a
biography of Buddha, the ‘Buddhacharita’. He
lived in the Court of Kanishka and used Sanskrit
language.
4. Pilgrims are men and women who undertake
journeys to holy places in order to offer worship.
5. (i) Around 200 years later a dynasty known as the
Satavahanas became powerful in Western In-
dia.
(ii) The most important ruler of the Satavahanas
was Gautamiputra Shri Satakarni. (They all) He
and other were known as Lords of the Dakshi-
napatha.
6. About 2000 years ago, wearing silk became the
fashion amongst rulers and rich people in Rome
because :
(i) It was very expensive, as it had to be brought
all the way from China along dangerous roads,
through mountains and deserts.
(ii) People living along the route often demanded
payments for allowing traders to pass through.
P-36
(i) It emphasised the worship of a God or Goddess
by an individual.
(ii) It discarded the performance of yajna and sacri-
fices, etc.
(iii) It emphasised the purity of heart.
(iv) It grants permission to all, whether rich or poor,
high or low caste, men or women to follow the
path of Bhakti.
10. Traders carried many goods to Rome in ships,
across the sea, and by land in caravans. Traders
explored several sea routes and followed the coasts.
The sailors took advantage of the monsoon winds
to cross the seas more quickly.
11. The Chinese Buddhist pilgrims who visited India
were :
(i) Fa Xian, who came to the sub-continent about
1600 years ago,
(ii) Xuan Zang who came around 1400 years ago,
and
(iii) I-Qing, who came about 50 years after Xuan
Zang.
Their aim was to visit places associated with the life
of Buddha as well as to the famous monasteries.
7. Making silk is a complicated process. Raw silk has to
be extracted from the cocoons of silk worms, spun
into thread and then woven into cloth. Techniques
of making silk were first invented in China around
7000 years ago.
8. (i) The Cholas, Cheras and Pandyas were the three
ruling families who became powerful in South
India around 2300 years ago.
(ii) Each of the three Chiefs had two centres of
power: one on land, and one on the coast.
(iii) The Chiefs did not collect regular taxes. Instead,
they demanded and received gifts from the
people.
(iv) They also went on military expeditions and col-
lected tributes from neighbouring areas.
(v) They kept some of the wealth and distributed
the rest amongst their supporters including
members of their family, soldiers and poets.
(vi) Many poets whose compositions are found in
the Sangam collection are poems in praise of the
chiefs who often rewarded them with precious
stones, gold, horses, elephants, chariots and fine
cloth. (Any five)
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-72
Solutions over Central Asia and North-West India around
2000 years ago.
1. (a) South India
(b) Roman (ii) During there rule, a branch of the Silk Route
(c) Hindu was extended from Central Asia down to the
(d) Buddhism seaports at the mouth of the river Indus, from
(e) Xuan Zang, Nalanda where silk was shipped westwards to the Ro-
(f) Satavahanas man Empire.
(g) Gautamiputra Shri Satakarni
(iii) The Kushanas were amongst the earliest rulers
(h) 7000
(i) Silk, Central Asia of the sub-continent to issue gold coins. These
(j) Kanishka were used by traders along the Silk Route.
(k) sculpture 4. (i) Earlier, Buddha’s presence was shown in sculp-
(l) Bodhisattvas tures by using certain signs. Now, statues of
2. Some kings tried to control large portions of the Buddha are made.
Silks Route because they could benefit from taxes, (ii) The second change was a belief in Bodhisat-
tributes and gifts that were brought by traders tvas. They were supposed to be persons who
travelling along the route. In return, they protected attained enlightenment and remained in the
the traders who passed through their kingdoms world to teach and help other people.
from attacks by robbers. 5. The places where Theravade Buddhism had a
3. (i) The best-known of the rulers who controlled strong hold were Sri Lanka, Myanmar, Thailand
the Silk Route were the Kushanas, who ruled and Indonesia.

WORKSHEET-73
Solutions 2. (i) Xuan Zang visited and studied in the Buddhist
monastery at Nalanda.
1. (i) The term ‘Bhakti’ is derived from the Sanskrit
(ii) No, it was very difficult to enter this Monastery.
word ‘bhaj’, which means ‘to divide or share’.
New entrants were asked difficult questions by
(ii) Bhagavat means God. It also means one who
the gatekeeper. Only those who gave correct
possesses and shares bhaga.
answers were allowed to enter. Mostly seven
(iii) The devotee shares an intimate, two-way rela-
or eight out of ten were not able to answer the
tionship with the deity.
questions asked by him.
(iv) The devotee, known as the bhakta or the bhaga-
(iii) Men of the highest ability and talent taught in
vata, shares the bhaga of his or her chosen de-
this monastery.
ity.

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-37

CHAPTER
SECTION
10
B NEW EMPIRES AND KINGDOMS
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-74
Solutions
1. Samundragupta was a brave warrior, who had
fought many successful wars. His body had wound
marks.
The rulers in those days fought the battle with
axes, arrows, spikes, spears, barbed darts, swords,
javelins, long arrows and many other weapons. The
king could wield these weapons of war. Some of the
weapons like swords were used in direct combats,
while others like javelins and darts were thrown
from far distance. They had to be aimed accurately.
2. Samundragupta adopted different policies because
Dakshinpatha was far away from his capital. Since
the means of transport were primitive, it was
difficult to keep them under control.
There were nine rulers in Aryavarta who were
uprooted and their kingdoms were made a part
of Samundragupta empire. There were twelve
rulers in Dakshinpatha. They surrendered to
WORKSHEET-75
Solutions
1. The Cholas, Cheras and Pandyas controlled the
coasts. The chiefs who controlled the coasts became
very rich and powerful. They collected the taxes
from the merchants and they were powerful so
that they could control their empire. They had
flourishing trade.
2. At that time, village remained basic unit of
administration and land revenue remained
important for these rulers. Some important
administrative posts were hereditary and important
men had their influence in local administration.
3. The advantages and disadvantages of having
hereditary officers were :
Advantages :
(i) There will be a continuity of policy.
(ii) The father could train his son from an early age
in the office that he held.
Disadvantages :
(i) Other more competent persons will be de-
prived of the opportunity to run the office.
(ii) An incompetent son may come to hold the of-
fice.
P-38
Samundragupta after being defeated and then he
allowed them to rule again.
3. The following titles are written in these order :
Raja, Maharaja, Maharaj, Adhiraja.
4. (i) Harsha started from his capital city Kannauj
in present Uttar Pradesh and passed through
Bihar to reach Bengal or it could be Jharkhand
and then Bengal.
(ii) To reach upto the Narmada he crossed Madhya
Pradesh.
5. (i) False (ii) False (iii) True (iv) False (v) False
(vi) True
6. The three authors who wrote about Harshavardhana
are :
(i) Banabhatta, who wrote Harshacharita.
(ii) Xuan Zang, the Chinese traveller who left a de-
tailed account of what he saw in the court.
(iii) I Qing, the Chinese traveller who came about
50 years after Xuan Zang, also gave some infor-
mation about Harshavardhana.
4. The king gave a precious ring to Shakuntala but it
was accidentally swallowed by a fish. Fisherman
found the ring and went to the palace. The gateman
accused him of theft and the police officer was rude.
However, when the king rewarded the fisherman;
they wanted to have a share in the reward. Today,
the poor man would not be treated in this manner.
He would be taken to the court to give his verdict.
5. The changes made in the army at this time were :
(i) There were military leaders who provided the
king with troops whenever the king asked for
them. They collected the revenue and used it
to maintain soldiers and horses and provide
equipments for war. These men were known as
Samantas.
(ii) Like earlier rulers, the king maintained a well
organised army , including elephants, chariots,
cavalry and foot soldiers.
6. The new administrative arrangements during this
period were :
(i) One person held many offices e.g., besides be-
ing a Mahadanda-Nayaka, Harishena was a
Kumar Amatya, which means an important
minister and also a Sandhi-Vigrahika meaning
minister of war and peace.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 (ii) Few important administrative posts were made
hereditary.
(iii) Important men probably had a say in local ad-
ministration. These included Nagar-shreshti
WORKSHEET-76
Solutions
1. Lord Buddha taught in Prakrit language. King
Ashoka issued his inscriptions in Prakrit language.
2. The army carried weapons pots, plants, furniture,
golden foot stools, deer, rabbits, vegetables, spices
on carts or on camels and elephants. The villagers
gave them curd, gur and flowers and fodder for the
animals.
3. The Arab merchants and sailors played a very
important role in the sea trade between India and
Europe. They explored several sea routes. There
were others across the Arabian sea and Bay of
Bengal and sailors took advantage of the monsoon
winds to cross the seas quickly. If they waited to
reach the western coast of the sub-continent from
East Africa or Arabia they chose to sail with the
South-West monsoon.
4. As Harshavardhan’s army will enter our village,
they will be accompanied by musicians beating
drums and others playing horns and trumpets. Our
parents give them gifts, gur and flower and fodder
for their animals. Later on they will meet the king
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-77
Solutions
1. (c)
2. (a)
3. Aihole was the capital of Chalukyas.
4. Nagaram was an organisation of merchants.
5. Samantas were some military leaders who provided
the king with troops whenever he needed them.
6. Ayurveda is a system of medicine based on herbs
and plants which cure many diseases. Ayurveda is
a major system of medicine practised in India these
days.
7. Samudragupta was the son of Chandragupta I. He
was the greatest ruler of his dynasty. Chandragupta
was the first ruler of the Gupta dynasty to adopt the
grand title of Maharajadhiraja.
8. The ‘Prashasti’ word comes from Sanskrit and
it means ‘in praise of’. Court poets often wrote
accounts in which they listed the achievements
S OLUT I ONS
or chief banker or merchant of the city, the
Sarthavaha or leader of the merchant caravans,
the Parthama Kulika or the chief craftsman and
the head of the Kayasthas or scribes.
and place their complaints and petitions before him.
These complaints, are on the behalf of villagers.
5. If Arvind was acting as Samundragupta he would
have to :
(i) Hear complaints seriously and solve cases.
(ii) Look after the welfare of the people.
(iii) Establish an efficient administration.
6. (i) The Prashasti was composed in very long sen-
tences.
(ii) The Prashasti in praise of Samundragupta was
written in Sanskrit language, the language of
the learned people.
7. If, I have to make a genealogy of myself, I will
include 4 generations (including myself) also. The
names are given in alphabets :
(i) Great grandfather (A)
(ii) Great grandmother (A1)
(iii) Son (B)
(iv) Son’s wife (B1)
(v) Son (C)
(vi) Grand son (D)
(vii) Grand son and his wife (E and E1)
(viii) Son (F)
(ix) Son(G)
of the king and praised him. They engraved such
accounts on pillars so that the people could read
them.
9. (i) Establishment of Harsh-vardana Empire : The
breakup of the Gupta empire was followed by
a period of disorder. Small kingdoms fought
against one another. Finally, Harshvardhana
conquered these kingdoms and established a
powerful empire.
(ii) Military Campaigns : The capital of Harsha’s
empire was Kannauj. He conquered Punjab,
Eastern Rajasthan and the whole of the Ganga
valley up to Assam. He attacked the Chalukyan
King but was defeated. Harsha did not annex
all the territories that he conquered. He allowed
some kings whom he defeated, to continue rul-
ing. They accepted Harsha as their lord and
paid him an annual tribute.
P-39
 (iii) Sources of Information : Banabhatta, a learned
man who wrote a biography on Harsha called
Harshacharita gives us information about this
period.
Another source of information is Hieun Tsang,
a Chinese Buddhist scholar who came from
China via Central Asia to India. He stayed in
India for 15 years. He gave an account of life
in Harsha’s period in a book called Si-Yu-Ki or
records of the Western World.
(iv) Religion : Before embracing Buddhism, Harsha
worshipped Shiva and Surya. Later on, he be-
WORKSHEET-78
Solutions
1. (c)
2. (d)
3. Three Authors who wrote about Harshavardhana
are:
(i) Ravikirti
(ii) Xuan Zang
(iii) Banabhatta
4. The Pallavas and Chalukyas were the most
important ruling dynasties in South India. (iv) The Prashasti was composed in very long sen-
5. Sabha was an assembly of Brahmin land owners.
This assembly functioned through sub-committees,
which looked after irrigation, agricultural
operations, making roads, local temples, etc.
6. Ur was a village assembly found in areas where the
landowners were not Brahmins, whereas Nagaram
was an organisation of merchants.
7. The Pallavas ruled from Kanchi-puram or Kanchi near
Chennai. Mahendravarman I and Narasimhavarman
I were powerful kings. Continuous military conflicts
weakened the Pallavas. In the nineth century, the
Cholas ended their rule.
8. Samudragupta was a famous ruler of the Gupta
dynasty. We know about Samudragupta from
WORKSHEET-79
Solutions
1. (b)
2. Harshavardhana was the king of Thanesar who
ruled nearly 1400 years ago. We came to know
about him through his court poet, Banabhatta who
wrote his biography, the Harshacharita in Sanskrit. (iii) Sometimes, one person held many offices. For
3. Chandragupta was the first ruler of the Gupta
dynasty to adopt the grand title of Maharajadhiraja,
a title that Samudragupta and his son, also used. important minister.
4. (i) These plays provided occasional glimpse of the
lives of ordinary people.
(ii) In these plays, the king and most of the Brah-
mins are shown as speaking Sanskrit, while
women and men other than the king and Brah-
mins use Prakrit.
P-40
came a Buddhist like Ashoka, Manender and
Kanishka. Like them, he was tolerant towards
other religions. The Indian government practis-
es this attitude of tolerance towards all religions
even today.
(v) Administration : Just like the Mauryas and
Guptas, the king was assisted by a council of
ministers. Unlike the Mauryas but similar to the
Guptas, power was not centralised. Harsha’s
empire was also divided into provinces. These
were headed by Governors.
a long inscription, actually a poem in Sanskrit
composed by his court poet, Harishena nearly 1700
years ago. This was inscribed on the Ashokan pillar
at Allahabad.
9. (i) The poet praised the king in glowing terms —
as a warrior and as a king who won victories in
battle.
(ii) He is stated as a learned man and the best of
poets.
(iii) He is also described as equal to God.
tences.
10. (i) The Chalukyas were the most important ruling
dynasties in South India. Aihole, the capital of
the Chalukyas was an important trading centre.
(ii) The best known Chalukya ruler was Pulakeshin
II. We know about him from a Prashasti com-
posed by his court poet, Ravikirti.
(iii) According to Ravikirti, he led expeditions along
both the west and east coasts.
(iv) Pulakeshin also attacked the Pallava King. But
the Chalukya victory was short-lived.
(v) Ultimately, both the Pallavas and Chalukyas
gave way to new rulers belonging to the Rash-
trakuta and Chola dynasties.
5. (i) Kings adopted a number of steps to win the
support of men who were powerful either eco-
nomically or socially or because of their political
and military strength.
(ii) Some important administrative posts were now
hereditary.
instance, besides being a Maha-Danda-Nayaka,
Harisena was a Kumar-Amatya, meaning an
(iv) Besides, some important men had a say in lo-
cal administration. These included chief bank-
ers or merchants of the city, the leaders of the
merchant caravans, the chief craftsmen, and the
head of the tribes.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 6. (i) Some of the kings maintained a well-organised
army with elephants, chariots, cavalry and foot
soldiers.
(ii) There were military leaders who provided the
king with troops whenever he needed them.
(iii) They were not paid regular salaries. Instead,
some of them received grants of land.
(iv) They collected revenue from land and used
this to maintain soldiers and horses and pro-
vide equipments for warfare. These men were
known as Samantas.
(v) Whenever the ruler was weak, Samantas tried
to become independent.

WORKSHEET-80
Solutions 3. Harishena, Samudragupta’s court poet described
four different kinds of rulers, and the policies
1. (a) Kalidasa
followed by him towards them.
(b) 1400
(i) The rulers of Aryavarta : Here there were nine
(c) Aihole
rulers who were uprooted and their kingdoms
(d) Pulakeshin II
(e) Pallava king were made a part of Samudragupta’s empire.
(f) Pallavas (ii) The rulers of Dakshinapatha : There were
twelve rulers and they surrendered to Sam-
(g) Merchants
udragupta after being defeated and then he
(h) Harisena
allowed them to rule again.
(i) Allahabad
(j) Samudragupta’s (iii) The inner circle of the neighbouring states,
including Assam, coastal Bengal, Nepal, and
(k) Harshavardhana
a number of gana sanghas in the North-West,
(l) Harsha brought tribute, followed his orders, and at-
2. (a) False tended his Court.
(b) True (iv) The rulers of the outlying areas, the descen-
(c) False dants of the Kushanas and Shakas, and the
(d) False ruler of Sri Lanka, who submitted to him and
(e) False offered daughters in marriage.

WORKSHEET-81
Solutions en footstools, food including animals such as
goat, deer, rabbits, vegetables and spices. These
1. (i) This story is from the famous play Abhigyana
things were carried on carts or loaded on to
Shakuntalam.
pack animals such as camels and elephants.
(ii) Kalidasa wrote this story.
(ii) The villagers brought gifts of curd, gur and
(iii) King Dushyanta is mentioned in this story.
flowers to the king. They provided fodder for
(iv) The king was very happy to see the ring and
the animals. They also tried to meet the king
sent a reward for the fisherman.
and place their complaints and petitions before
2. (i) Apart from weapons, the army carried things
him.
of daily use such as pots, pans, furniture, gold-

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-41

CHAPTER
SECTION
11
B BUILDINGS, PAINTINGS AND BOOKS
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-82
Solutions
1. In the picture, we see the great stupa of Sanchi
Madhya Pradesh, which was built over the time of
several centuries. The brick mound probably dates
to the time of Ashoka and the railings and gateways
were added during the time of later rulers.
2. Brick structures are built up by adding layer of
bricks from the bottom, upwards. In this case the
stone cutters had to work from top upwards.
3. This cave which is shown here is shaped and
carved and placed in right position but the caves
of Bhimbetka site are natural caves because they
provided shelter from the rain heat and wind.
4. Yes, these caves may have been hollowed out.
These caves had been shaped and carved.
5. Stupas : Stupas are round, semi-circular shaped
mounds. (i) There is a small box placed at the centre
of the stupa. It-may contain the bodily remains of
Buddha or his followers, or things they used, as
well as precious stones and coins. The box called
the casket was covered with earth. (ii) Later, a layer
WORKSHEET-83
Solutions
1. These painting were completed in the light of
torches. The colours, which are vivid even after
1500 years, were made of plants and minerals.
2. Kalidas was a lover of nature. In Meghdootam, he
described the cloud as a messenger who carried
messages.
3. The Ramayana which was written by Tulsidas,
and Mahabharata which was written by Ved Vyas,
both are very popular in my state. They have been
translated in Hindi language.
4. In these parts, the king of the monkeys worked
to put a plan to save his followers. He broke off
branches of mangoes of the mango tree and tied
them to form a bridge across the river and hold on
one end till all his followers crossed out. Exhausted
with the effort, he fell down and lay dying to save
his followers and he sacrificed his life.
P-42
of mud brick or baked brick made up the mound.
Then, the dome like-structure was covered with
stone slabs. (iii) There is path for Pradakshina.
(iv) It was surrounded by railings. (v) Entrance to
the path was through the gateways. Both, railings
and gateways were decorated with sculptures.
Temple : The important parts of the temple were :
(i) Garbhagriha : where the image of the chief de-
ity was placed.
(ii) Shikhara : a tower like structure built over the
Garbhagriha.
(iii) Mandapa : a hall where people could assemble.
6. Stupa Mound
Shikhara Tower
Mandapa Place in temples where people
could assemble
Garbhagriha Place where the image of
diety is installed
Pradakshina Patha Circular path around the
stupa
7. (i) Aryabhatta, (ii) epics, (iii) Valmiki,
(iv) Sitappadikar, Manimekalai
5. The Roman system of counting does not have a zero.
The Roman system uses-the following symbols : (i -
one), (v - five), (x - ten), (c - 100), (d - 500), (m- 1000).
6. The chapters are :
(i) In the Earliest Cities—Copper was used to
make tools and weapons, gold and silver was
used to make ornaments and vessels.
(ii) What Book & Burials Tell us—Iron tools and
weapons, ornaments of gold.
(iii) Kingdoms, Kings and Early Republic—Iron-
ore mines.
(iv)
Vital Villages and Thriving Towns—Iron
tools.
(v) Traders, Pilgrims & Kings—Gold was given as
gift.
(vi) Buildings, Paintings and Books—Iron pillar,
gold jewellery.
7. In the story ‘The Monkey King’ when the monkeys
found out that the King of Varanasi wanted to kill
them, the Monkey King worked out a plan to save
his followers. He made a bridge across the river
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 and all his followers crossed the bridge and were
saved. However the Monkey King was exhausted
and fell down dying. The Monkey King believed
that it was his responsibility to save his people from
the enemies and he died in the attempt. He was a
peace-loving monkey.
(i) The kings or rulers were chosen by voting and
then were called rajas.
WORKSHEET-84
Solutions
1. Manuscripts were books written years ago. They
were usually written by hand. They were written
on palm leaf, or on the specially prepared bark
of a tree known as the birch, which grows in the
Himalayas.
2. While sitting in a Mandapa, I can see devotees,
some of them going towards Garbhagriha to have
a view of diety. Others are moving around the
temple after their prayers. I can also hear the voice
of sweet Bhajans that are sung by Kirtan Mandli
in the temple campus. The whole atmosphere is
spiritual and every body seems to have an ultimate
spiritual experience.
3. The Ramayana contains the story of Hanuman and
other monkeys. They promised to help Ram in his
search of Sita. Hanuman had special powers which
enabled him to reach Sri Lanka, inspite of many
difficulties. He found the whereabouts of Sita, who
was kept in Ashok Vatika by Ravan. He also set
Lanka on fire. He also brought Sanjivani herbs to
treat Lakshman. He always remained with Ram.
4. The steps to make buildings and monuments
accessible to different abled people are :
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-85
Solutions
1. (c)
2. (b)
3. Deities such as Vishnu, Shiva and Durga were
worshipped in the earliest Hindu temples.
4. Ramayana and Mahabharata are two famous
Sanskrit epics.
5. The artisans of the ancient period excelled in
making sculptures. The stone workers of the
Mauryan period mastered the art of polishing
stones. The Gandhara and Mathura schools of art,
which excelled in sculpture flourished during the
Kushana period.
S OLUT I ONS
(ii) They generally performed ashwamedha or
horse sacrifice.
(iii) The post of kings became hereditary and there
developed big empires.
(iv) They kept big army and built capitals which
were fortified to protect their subject from at-
tack.
(i) Proper lighting system.
(ii) Construction of a ramp.
(iii) The steps can be renovated so that people may
not fall on the slippery ground.
(iv) Railing can be built on the side walls of the
staircase.
5. Paper can be used in many ways :
(i) It can be used for wrapping goods and small ar-
ticles.
(ii) It can be used as a writing material, books,
newspaper, etc. It can be used as a packing ma-
terial.
Corrugated sheets made of paper can be made into
boxes for carrying goods.
6. If I get an opportunity to visit any one of these
places, I would plan to go to Mahabalipuram, the
main reasons are :
(i) It is built on the water front, near the Bay of
Bengal.
(ii) The beauty of temples cannot be surpassed by
others.
(iii) Most of the temples are intact. They have not
been destroyed by vagaries of time.
(iv) Monolithic temples are skillfully chiselled,
hewed and sculpted.
6. Indian mythology consists of tales of Gods, the
devas and the asuras. However, there are only two
famous epics – Mahabharata and Ramayana. Epics
are grand, long compositions about heroic men
and women and include stories about Gods.
7. India has a rich and varied culture. Every dynasty
that ruled India added something to its heritage.
Different Literatures :
(i) The Vedas and associated texts : The Vedas
are the earliest literary works that we have.
The word ‘Veda’ means knowledge. There are
four Vedas – Rigveda, Samveda, Yajurveda and
Atharvaveda. They contain hymns in praise of
different Gods and Goddesses. Along with the
P-43
 Vedas, there are a series of texts called the Brah-
manas. There are also 108 Upanishads :
Puranas are scared literature. There are 18 sur-
viving puranas.
(ii) The Epics : The Mahabharata was composed by
sage Ved Vyasa. It is a story of two families of
cousins–the Kauravas and the Pandavas. The
Mahabharata also includes the Bhagvat Gita.
The Ramayana was composed by sage Valmiki.
It is the story of Rama, a prince of Ayodhya and
his war with Ravana, the king of Lanka.
(iii) Secular literature : The Arthashastra, Indika,
Harshachrita, stories from the Jatakas and the
Panchtantra, the works of Kalidasa and the ac-
counts of foreign travellers are important secu-
lar works written during this period. There are
many poems and plays in Sanskrit.
WORKSHEET-86
Solutions
1. (a)
2. (c)
3. Temple is a place where Hindu people worship
their Gods.
4. Systematic knowledge based on different
experiments and reasoning is called science.
5. (i) Arthashastra,
(ii) Kalidasa’s plays,
(iii) Harsha charita,
(iv) Sangam Literature,
(v) Works by foreign travellers.
6. The iron pillar at Mehrauli in Delhi is a remarkable
example of the skills of Indian craftspersons :
(i) It is made of iron, 7.2. m high and weighs over 3
tonnes.
(ii) It was made about 1500 years ago.
(iii) There is an inscription on the pillar mention-
ing a ruler named Chandra, who probably be-
longed to the Gupta dynasty.
(iv) The pillar has not rusted in all these years.
7. (i) Aryabhatta was a mathematician and astrono-
mer who wrote a book in Sanskrit known as the
Aryabhatiyam.
WORKSHEET-87
Solutions
1. (d)
2. Stupa means a mound. In most of the stupas, a small
box called relic casket was kept and it contained the
bodily remains of Buddha and his followers.
3. Ajanta is famous for its several caves decorated with
paintings. Most of these caves were the monasteries
of Buddhist monks.
4. Several caves were hollowed out the hills in the
earlier times.
P-44
(iv) Foreign travellers : Many travellers and pil-
grims came to India. Fa Hein came during the
reign of Chandragupta II. He spent six years in
India, visiting Buddhist monasteries. When he
went back, he wrote an account of his stay. His
account gives a detailed description of the life
of the people under the Gupta kings.
Two centuries later, Hiuen Tsang came to India.
He wrote about the conditions in those times.
The ruler in the North was Harshavardhana. I-
Tsing was another Chinese traveller who came
to India.
(v) The Sangam texts : The Sangam literature was
written in Tamil. It mentions about the king-
doms of South India. The Silappadikaram and
Manimekalai are the famous Tamil epics.
(ii) He stated that day and night were caused by
the rotation of the earth on its axis, even though
it seems as if the sun is rising and setting every
day.
(iii) He developed a scientific explanation for eclips-
es as well.
(iv) He also found a way of calculating the circum-
ference of a circle, which is nearly as accurate as
the formula we use today.
8. (i) Some of the earliest Hindu temples were also
built. Deities such as Vishnu, Shiva, and Durga
were worshipped in these shrines.
(ii) The most important part of the temple was the
room known as the Garbhagriha, where the im-
age of the chief deity was placed. It was here
that priests performed religious rituals, and
devotees offered worship to the deity.
(iii) A tower, known as the Shikhara, was built on
top of the Garbhagriha, to mark this out as a sa-
cred place.
(iv) Most temples also had a space known as the
Mandapa. It was a hall where people could as-
semble.
(i) Most of these were monasteries for Buddhist
monks and some of them were decorated with
paintings.
(ii) As the caves were dark inside, most of these
paintings were done in the light of torches.
(iii) The colours, which are glowing even after 1500
years, were made of plants and minerals.
5. (i) There were several stages in building a Stupa or
a temple. Usually, kings or queens decided to
build there as it was an expensive affair.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 (ii) First, good quality stone had to be found, quar-
ried and transported to the place which was of-
ten carefully chosen for the new building. Here,
these rough blocks of stone had to be shaped
and carved into pillars and panels for walls,
floors and ceilings. Then these had to be placed
in precisely in the right positions.
(iii) Kings and queens probably spent money from
their treasury to pay the crafts persons who
worked to build these splendid structures.
(iv) When devotees came to visit the temple or the
stupa, they often brought gifts, which were
used to decorate the buildings.
(v) Among the others who paid for decorations
were merchants, farmers, garland makers,
perfumers, smiths, and hundreds of men and
women who are known only by their names
which were inscribed on pillars, railings and
walls. (Any five)
6. (i) ‘Purana’ literally means ‘old’. The Puranas con-
tain stories about Gods and Goddesses, such as
Vishnu, Shiva, Durga or Parvati.
(ii) They contain details of how Gods and God-
desses were to be worshipped.
(iii) There are accounts about the creation of the
world and about kings.
(iv) The Puranas were written in simple Sanskrit
and were meant to be heard by everybody, in-
cluding women and shudras, who were not al-
lowed to study the Vedas.
(v) They were probably recited in temples by
priests, and people came to listen to them.

WORKSHEET-88
Solutions (f) True
3. (i) The word Stupa means a mound. There are
1. (a) Mahabharata, Ramayana several kinds of stupas, round and tall, big and
(b) Kaurava, Pandavas, small which can be found.
(c) Rama (ii) There is a small box known as a relic casket,
(d) Ayodhya, Kosala placed at the centre or heart of the Stupa. This
(e) Valmiki may contain bodily remains (such as teeth,
bone or ashes) of Buddha or his followers or
(f) Aryabhata,
the things which they used, as well as precious
(g) Calculating
stones and coins. This box was covered with
(h) Paper earth. Later, a layer of mud brick or baked brick
(i) Puranas was added on top. And then, the dome like
(j) Epics structure was sometimes covered with carved
(k) Silappadikaram stone slabs.
(l) Iron pillar (iii) Often, a path known as the Pradakshina Patha
(m) Mound was laid around the Stupa. This was surround-
(n) Vishnu, Shiva, Durga ed with railings.
2. (a) False (iv) Entrance to the path was through gateways.
(b) False Devotees walked around the stupa in a clock-
(c) True wise direction, as a mark of devotion.
(d) True (v) Both railings and gateways were often deco-
rated with sculptures.
(e) True

WORKSHEET-89
Solutions
1. (i) This passage is extracted from the famous epic
Silappadikaram.
(ii) This epic was written in Tamil.
(iii) This epic was composed by a poet llango.
(iv) Kannagi was full of grief because the king sen-
tenced her husband to death.
2. (i) An inscription on the pillar mentions a ruler
named Chandra, who probably belonged to the
Gupta dynasty.
(ii) This pillar was made about 1500 years ago.
(iii) The pillar is very old but it has not been rusted
during all these years.
(iv) It is 7.2 m high and weighs over 3 tonnes.

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-45

CHAPTER
SECTION

B
1 THE EARTH IN THE SOLAR SYSTEM

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-90
Solutions (iv) Earth is called a unique planet because :
(a) Conditions which are favourable to support life
1. Rakesh Sharma is an Indian who landed on the
are only found on the earth. It is neither too hot
moon.
nor too cold.
2. (i)
(b) It has water and air, which are essential for our
S.No. Star Planets survival.
(a) Star emits its own They do not have their (c) The air has life supporting gases like oxygen.
light. own light.
(v) The moon revolves round the earth in about 27
(b) A star is stationary like A planet is always days. The moon also takes exactly the same time to
the sun. moving like the earth. rotate on its axis. To complete both the movements,
(c) Stars are numerous in Planets are now eight
number. in number. the moon takes the same time. This is the reason
why we see only one side of the moon.
(ii) The sun, the eight planets, satellites, asteroids,
(vi) The Universe consists of everything that exists
comets and meteors together make up the solar
anywhere in space. All the heavenly bodies such as
system. The sun is at the centre of the solar system.
the sun, the moon and the stars which are seen with
(iii) The planets according to their distance from the sun
naked eye and many more celestial bodies such
are : Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn,
as planets, asteroids, satellites, comets, meteors,
Uranus, Neptune and Pluto.
meteorite, which are not seen with the naked eyes.
All these heavenly bodies forms the universe.
3. (i) stars/constellation (ii) galaxy (iii) Moon
(iv) Earth (v) heat/light

WORKSHEET-91
Solutions
1. The animals and plants require solar energy, air and
water in order to grow and survive.
2. (i) (c), (ii) (b), (iii) (c), (iv) (b), (v) (b).
3. Students are advised to visit a planetarium and
describe their experience in the class.
4. Teacher may conduct this activity under his/her
guidance.

P-46 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 5.

OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS

WORKSHEET-92
Solutions 8. New Moon day : When the Moon is directly
between us and the sun, the part facing us does not
1. (a) receive sunlight and we cannot see the moon. This
2. The Sun, Moon and all the objects shining in the situation is known as New Moon.
night sky are known as celestial bodies. Full Moon : When the moon appears as a full disc, the
3. A group of stars forming various shapes is known as entire side facing us is lit up and is called Full Moon.
a constellation. 9.
4. The North Star which indicates the northern S.No. Planet Satellite
direction is called Pole Star.
(i) It revolves around the It revolves around
5. The word ‘planet’ comes from a the Greek word Sun in an elliptical path. the planets.
“Planetai” which means ‘wanderers’. There are eight major There are more than
(ii)
6. Four planets are larger than the Earth. Their names planets. 150 satellites.
are as given below :
Example : The Earth. Example : The Moon.
(i) Jupiter (ii) Saturn
(iii) Uranus and (iv) Neptune. 10. Life is found on the Earth because of the following
7. The temperature of a planet depends on the reasons :
distance from the Sun. Mercury is very close to the (i) Moderate Temperature : Earth has an average
Sun and hence, it is the very hottest planet in the temperature of 22°C, which is suitable for the
solar system. It’s temperature goes above 400ºC.
growth of plants and animals.

S OLUT I ONS P-47

 (ii) Water : The Earth is the only unique planet
where water is found in three forms : ice, gas
and liquid.
(iii) Favourable surrounding / atmosphere : The
WORKSHEET-93
Solutions
1. (c)
2. (i) Jupiter (ii) Saturn (iii) Uranus.
3. All celestial bodies which have their own heat and
light are called stars.
4. The group of seven stars shining in the sky is called
Saptarishi. It is also called the Big Bear or the Great
Bear.
5. The natural satellite of the Earth is Moon.
6. A galaxy is a huge system of billions of stars and
clouds of dust and gases. Our Solar System is a
part of the Milky Way galaxy, also known as Akash
Ganga.
7. Comet :
(i) It is a luminous heavenly body with a glowing
tail.
(ii) Comets probably consist of ice, dust and frozen
gases.
Asteroid :
(i) It is a small rocky and metallic object found be-
tween the orbit of Mars and Jupiter.
(ii) Asteroids are pieces of some planet, which
probably exploded soon after its birth.
WORKSHEET-94
Solutions
1. (b)
2. A satellite is a celestial body that moves around
planets in the same way as the planets move around
the Sun.
3. Neil Armstrong was the first man to step the surface
of the moon on 29th July, 1969.
4. The rapidly moving meteors that burn upon
entering the earth’s atmosphere are called shooting
stars.
5. Inner planets : Venus, Mercury, Earth and Mars. 10. (i) The Sun is a star.
Biggest planet : Jupiter.
6. Jupiter, Saturn and Uranus have rings around
them. A planetary ring is a ring of cosmic dust and
other small particles orbiting around a planet in a
flat disc-shaped region.
7. In a meeting of the International Astronomical
Union, a decision was taken that Pluto like other
celestial objects (ceres, 2003 UB313) discovered in
recent past may be called ‘dwarf planets’.
8. Eclipses do not happen at New and Full Moon
every month because, the Moon is above or below
P-48
Earth’s atmosphere has a layer called ozone,
which protect plants and animals from certain
harmful rays of the Sun.
8. In the sky, stars create various patterns and form
groups of stars, thus forming various shapes is
known as Constellations. Ursa Major or Big Bear is
one of the most important example of Constellation.
9. The Universe consists of celestial bodies like the
stars, planets, galaxy, dust and gases. The Universe
is a large space that contains everything, i.e., all
matter and energy from the smallest particles
to the largest particles, whatever in the space is
Universe. No one knows the size of the Universe.
The astronomers believe that the Universe is still
growing outwards in every direction.
10. The Sun is the head of the solar family with nine
planets revolving around it. But now, Pluto is
no longer considered as a planet because of the
following reasons :
(i) A planet is a celestial body that revolves the
Sun.
(ii) A planet must not be a satellite.
(iii) It must be big enough to dominate its orbit.
Pluto does not adhere to the last part of the
definition so, it is called a ‘dwarf planet’.
the ecliptic plane, i.e., the plane of the Earth’s orbit
around the Sun. Only when the Moon’s orbit
crosses through the ecliptic plane, the Sun, Moon
and Earth align to produce an eclipse. This occurs
at least twice a year, at varying times, for a period of
few weeks.
9. Meteors, commonly known as shooting stars are
bright stars that dart across the night sky. These
trails of light are seen in the night sky. These trails
of light are caused by pieces of interplanetary debris
crashing into the Earth’s atmosphere. They are
actually all stars.
(ii) The Sun is at the centre of the Solar System.
(iii) It is huge and made up of extremely hot gases.
(iv) The Sun is the ultimate source of heat and light
for the Solar System.
(v) The distance between the Sun and the Earth is
approximately 150 million km.
(vi) Without the Sun, the Earth would be extremely
cold and no life would exist. (Any five)
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-95
Solutions 8. Galaxy : A group or cluster of stars is called a Galaxy,
e.g., The Milky Way. Approximately, billions of
1. (d) galaxies are there in the Universe.
2. The science of studying planets and other heavenly Universe : A limitless vacuum having millions of
bodies is known as Astronomy. stars, planets and satellites is called Universe. There
3. Venus is considered as the Earth’s twin because its is only one Universe.
size and shape are very much similar to that of the 9. Stars have their own light. They are big in size and
Earth. are made up of extremely hot balls of fire and gases.
4. The elongated fixed paths around the Sun in which Because of the huge flames, they tend to give huge
the planets of the Solar System revolve are called flashes, and as the result of which the stars twinkle.
orbits. On the other hand planets do not have their own
5. We do not feel the heat and light of the countless light. They just, reflect the light received by them
twinkling stars in the night sky because they are from the Sun. Hence, they do not twinkle.
very far away from us. 10. (i) In our Solar System, the time taken by each
6. Determining the size of the Universe is a hard job. planet to complete a revolution around the Sun
Even the most advanced instruments, which allow
varies greatly.
astronomers to observe galaxies 10 to 12 billion
Light Years away, give no clue to what lies beyond (ii) Inner planets have much shorter orbits in dis-
the distance. The Universe is limitless. tance and take lesser time than outer planets.
7. (iii) For example, Mercury, the closest planet to the
Sun completes its orbital revolution around the
S.No. Star Satellite
Sun in 88 days, while the Earth takes 1 year to
(i) It is a celestial body They do not have
complete its revolution.
which has its own heat their own heat and
and light. light. (iv) In addition, outer planets have slower average
(ii) They are very far away They look big, as they orbital speeds than inner planets.
from us and thus look are nearer to us.
very small.
(iii) They twinkle at night. They do not twinkle.

WORKSHEET-96
Solutions
1. (b)
2. Full Moon is called as Poornima and New Moon is
called as Amavasya.
8. The majority of meteor showers are a result of debris
3. The Earth is called the Blue Planet.
4. Sun was worshipped by the ancient people.
5. It is because of the bright light of the Sun, which
does not allow us to see all these objects of the sky
during the day time.
6. Human-made satellite is an artificial body. It is
designed by scientists to gather information about
the Universe or for communication. It is carried by a
rocket and placed in the orbit around the Earth, e.g.,
Indian satellites in space are : (i) INSAT and (ii) IRS.
7. Gravity is force of attraction between objects with
masses. When an object that is not supported by
anything falls due to the force of gravity of another
object, it is said to be in free fall. For example, the
Moon falling towards the Earth. However, it also
has an orbital speed from the momentum gained
during its formation and follows the same curve as
the Earth’s surface. As these paths are parallel, the
Moon perpetually falls on the Earth without even
touching it.
left behind by comets, although some are caused by
the debris of asteroids. Asteroids are mostly found
in the asteroid belt between the orbits of Mars
and Jupiter. Comets are primarily found beyond
the orbit of Neptune in the Kuiper belt. When the
Earth annually crosses the orbits of one of these
small objects, the debris rains into the atmosphere,
causing yearly meteor shower.
9. (i) In ancient times, people used to determine di-
rection during the night with the help of stars.
(ii) The North Star indicates the North direction. It
is also called the Pole Star.
(iii) It always remains in the same position in the
sky.
(iv) We can locate the position of the Pole Star with
the help of the Saptarishi.

S OLUT I ONS P-49

 (v) If we look at the figure given below, we will no-
North star
tice that if an imaginary line is drawn joining
the pointer stars and it is extended further, it
will point towards the Pole Star. The pointer stars
East
West Facing north

WORKSHEET-97
Solutions 3. Venus is the first celestial body to become visible in
the sky at evening and is the last one to disappear
1. (a) Saptarishi. from the sky at sunrise. That is why, it is called the
(b) Orbits Morning and the Evening star.
(c) friction 4. (i) As compared to the Earth, Mars has an incred-
(d) big, hot ibly harsh environment.
(e) Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus (ii) Its exploration verified that the planet has an
inhospitable, frigidly cold and an arid envi-
(f) mountains, plains, depressions
ronment. Its surface is littered with craters
(g) light, heat
and grant volcanoes and has planet-wide dust
(h) wanderers. storms.
2. (a) True (iii) The atmospheric pressure is very low and con-
(b) True tains virtually no oxygen as well as no protec-
(c) False tion from the incoming ultra violet solar radia-
(d) False tion.
(e) True (iv) The planet experiences extreme fluctuations in
(f) False temperature from day to night.

qqq

P-50 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION
B
1 GLOBE : LATITUDES AND LONGITUDES
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-98
Solutions
1. (i) The true shape of the earth is a Geoid. It is slightly
flattened at the top and bottom and bulging in the
middle.
(ii) A globe is a small three-dimensional model of the
Earth.
(iii) The latitudinal value of the Tropic of Cancer is 23½°
North.
(iv) The three heat zones of the Earth are :
(i) Torrid zone
(ii) Temperate zone
(iii) Frigid zone
(v) All parallel circles from the equator up to the poles
are called parallels of latitude. The lines of reference
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-99
Solutions
1. (b)
2. An axis is an imaginary line which joins the two
poles of the earth and on which the Earth rotates.
3. The two ends of the axis are called poles. and Tropic of Cancer is known as the Torrid Zone.
4. The angular distance of a place to the east or west of
the Prime Meridian is called longitude.
5. The network of lines formed by latitudes and
longitudes (by bisecting each other) are called grids.
6. Importance of latitudes :
(i) They help us to locate the position of a place
away from the Equator.
(ii) They help us to know the temperature of a
place. 1
7. Temperate Zones experience moderate temperature
because here the rays of the Sun always fall slanted
at these plots which diminishes the heat.
8. Besides the equator at 0°, North pole at 90° N and
South pole at 90° S, the important parallels latitudes
are as given below :
S OLUT I ONS
running from the North Pole to the South Pole are
called meridians of longitude.
(vi) The torrid zone receives maximum amount of heat
because the mid-day sun is exactly overhead at least
once a year on all latitudes in between the Tropic of
Cancer and the Tropic of Capricorn.
(vii) It is 5 : 30 p.m. in India and 12 : 00 noon in London
because the time difference between India and
London is five and a half hours. India is located East
of Greenwich at 82°30’ and 5 hours and 30 minutes
ahead of GMT.
2. (i) (b) (ii) (a) (iii) (a) (iv) (b) (v) (a)
3. (i) 23½°S (ii) 82° 30’ E (iii) Prime Meridian (iv) poles
(v) northern
(i) Tropic of Cancer at 23½º N
(ii) Tropic of Capricorn at 23½º S
(iii) Arctic Circle at 66½º N
(iv) Antarctic Circle at 66½º N
9. The zone lying between the Tropic of Capricorn
It is also known as hot zone because the mid-day
Sun is exactly overhead at least once a year on the
latitudes between the Tropic of Cancer and Tropic
of Capricorn.
10. Besides the equator (0°), the North Pole (90°N) and
the South Pole ( 90° S) are four important parallels
of latitude.
(i) Tropic of Cancer : It is at an angular distance of
23 ° from the Equator. It is important because
2
on 21st June, the Sun is directly over it.
(ii) Tropic of Capricorn : It is at an angular distance
of 23°, 30 S from the Equator. On 22nd Decem-
ber, the sun is over this latitude.
P-51
 (iii) Arctic Circle : It is at a distance of 66½° N of the
Equator. On 21st June there is 24 hours daylight
on the parallel.
WORKSHEET-100
Solutions
1. (c)
2. The distance between the meridian is measured in
degrees.
3. Equator is an imaginary line which divides the
Earth almost into two equal parts.
4. The Meridian which passes through Greenwich,
where the British Royal Observatory is located is
called the Prime Meridian. Its value is 0° longitude.
5. Any point on the globe can be located by knowing
its latitude and longitude.
6. Greenwich time is called Greenwich Mean Time
because GMT is the local time of the old Greenwich
observatory i.e., 0°. It is adopted uniformly by all the
countries at the international level.
7. The Earth is spherical in shape and thus, it is
impossible to locate the places on the Earth. To
locate a place on the globe, latitudes and longitudes
are drawn. The latitudes and longitudes point out
the exact positions of places on the Earth’s surface.
8. The two imaginary lines drawn on the surface of
the Earth are :
(i) The lines on the axis, which form the North and
South poles.
(ii) The Equator, which runs midway between the
North and South Poles.
WORKSHEET-101
Solutions
1. (a) extent, the variation in local time is very great. It
2. The two basic points of reference on the Earth’s
surface are the North Pole and the South Pole.
3. The movement of the Earth on its axis from West to
East is known as rotation.
4. The movement of the Earth on its axis from West to
East is known as rotation.
5. The Temperate Zone lies between the Tropic
of Cancer and Arctic Circle in the Northern
Hemisphere and the Tropic of Capricorn and
Antarctic Circle in the Southern Hemisphere.
6. Local Time : When the Sun reaches the highest
point in the sky while crossing the meridian of any
place, it is noon (12.00). At some places, watches are
adjusted according to this time. It is known as local
time. Places having the same meridian of longitude
have the same local time.
P-52
(iv) Antarctic Circle : It is at a distance of 66 ½° S
of the equator. On 22nd December, there is 24
hours day-light on this parallel.
9.
Slowly rotate the globe on N-S axis and
mark a series of points near the middle of
the globe from West to East. Join these points and a
big circle around the globe is formed. This circle is
the largest possible circle that can be drawn on the
Earth. It is known as the Equator.
10. N
6hrs
5hrs 7hrs
W E a b c
S
In the figure, three places namely a, b and c are
marked.
Let us assume that the time difference between ‘a’
‘b’ and ‘c’ is 1 hour each. If the time at a place ‘b’
is 6 in the morning then the time at ‘a’ would be
5 in the morning and time at ‘c’ would be 7 in the
morning. The time at place ‘a’ is 1 hour less because
it is to the West of ‘b’ and time at ‘c’ is 1 hour more
because it is to the East of ‘b’. This is due to the fact
that the Earth rotates from West to East. As the sun
rises in the East so place ‘c’ has 7am, place ‘b’ has
6 am and place ‘a’ has 5 am. This shows that time
increases as we go towards east and it decreases as
we go towards west.
Standard Time : In countries with large East-West
creates confusion over train timing, flight timing,
etc. To solve this problem, the local time of a
particular meridian is taken as the standard time for
the entire region of the country.
7. The mid-day sun is exactly overhead at least once
in a year on all latitudes in between the Tropic of
Cancer and Tropic of Capricorn. Therefore, this
area receives maximum heat.
8. The mid-day sun never shines overhead on any
latitude beyond the Tropics. The angle of the sun’s
rays goes on decreasing towards the poles. As a
result, the places between the Tropics and the Arctic
and Antarctic Circles have moderate temperature.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 9. The International Date Line (IDL) is an imaginary 10. N
line on the surface of the Earth opposite the Longitude
Prime Meridian, where the date changes as one
travels across the East or West. Roughly along 180° Latitude
longitude, it almost corresponds to the time zone
boundary separating -12 and +12 hours, Greenwich
Mean Time (GMT). Crossing the IDL, travelling
east results in a day or 24 hours being added and
crossing west results in a day being subtracted. The Equator
Prime Meridan
exact number of hours depends on the time zones.

WORKSHEET-102
Solutions Disadvantages : Globes may be of varying size and
1. (c) type – big ones, which cannot be carried easily.
2. The three heat zones of the earth are : 7. It is necessary to have a standard time because:
(i) Torrid zone (i) Different meridians have different time, which
(ii) Temperate zone and makes it difficult to prepare a time table for
(iii) Frigid zone trains and flights.
(ii) It helps to maintain uniformity of time
3. The imaginary circle drawn at the circumference
throughout the country.
of earth which divides the Earth into two equal
Indian Standard Time : In India, the longitude of
halves North and South is called as the Great Circle 82o 30’E is treated as the standard meridian and the
or Equator. Equator is the largest circle drawn on local time at this meridian is taken as the standard
Earth. time for the whole country. It is known as Indian
4. Latitudes and longitudes can locate the exact Standard Time (IST).
location of a place, but they are not uniform units of 8.
measurement.
(i) If we look at the globe, we will see that longi-
tudes are closer together as we move towards
north and south of the Equator.
(ii) Only near the Equator, the distance represent-
ed by 1° longitude is equal to the distance rep-
resented by 1° latitude.
5. Latitudes and longitudes are expressed in degrees.
However, the increments of less than one degree
can be expressed as a decimal or minutes and
seconds. There are 60 minutes in a degree and 60
seconds in a minute. Longitudes can be written
with an E or W for East or West and respectively
latitudes have N or S for North or South.
6. Advantages : On the globe, countries, continents Important Latitudes and Heat Zones
and oceans are shown in their correct size.

WORKSHEET-103
Solutions
1. (d)
2. The difference between parallels of latitudes and meridians of longitudes are given below :
S.No. Parallels of Latitudes Meridians of Longitudes
(i) All parallel circles from the Equator up to the All semi-circles running from North Pole to South
poles are called parallels of latitude. Pole are called meridians of longitude.
(ii) In total, there are 180° latitudes that is 90° North In total, there are 360° longitudes, that is, 180° East
and 90° South. and 180° West.
(iii) 0° latitude is known as the Equator. 0° longitude is known as the Prime Meridian.
(iv) They help to judge the climate of the places. They help to find out the time of places.

S OLUT I ONS P-53

 Earth Axis
3.
Arctic Circle

Tropic of Capricorn

Equator
Sun rays

Tropic of Capricorn

Antarctic Circle

WORKSHEET-104
Solutions (e) longitude
1. (a) half 2. (a) True
(b) Frigid (b) False
(c) False
(c) 1 a.m., August 17
(d) True
(d) decreases (e) True
(f) False
3.

4. The best means of measuring time is by the best timekeeper throughout the world. The shadow
movement of the Earth, the Moon and the planets. cast by the Sun can reckon local time, which is the
The Sun regularly rises and sets every day and is the shortest at noon and longest at sunrise and sunset

qqq

P-54 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
3 MOTIONS OF THE EARTH

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-105
Solutions (v) Equinoxes are days when direct rays of the Sun
fall on the equator. At this position, neither of the
1. (i) The angle of inclination of the Earth’s axis with
poles is tilted towards the Sun, so the whole earth
its orbital planes is 66½°.
(ii) Rotation : The spinning and completion of one experiences equal days and equal nights. It occurs
circle by the Earth on its own axis in a day is known on 21st March and 23rd September.
as rotation. It helps in causing the formation of day (vi) In the Southern Hemisphere, the seasons are
and night. opposite to those in the Northern Hemisphere. So,
Revolution : The motion of the Earth around the we observe anticlockwise season in Northern and
Sun on its orbit is called revolution. The Earth takes Southern Hemispheres. It is summer in the southern
365¼ days to complete one revolution.
Hemisphere when it is winter in the Northern
(iii) Our Earth takes 365 days and 6 hours to revolve
Hemisphere. The dates of Solstices and Equinoxes
around the Sun. Six hours saved every year are
added to make one day (24 hrs) over the span of also get interchanged. For example, when there is
four years. Thus, after every four years February, is winter in the Northern Hemisphere, we experience
of 29 days instead of 28 days. Such a year with 366 summer in the Southern Hemisphere and vice-
days is called a Leap Year. versa.
(iv) The difference between Summer and Winter (vii) The poles experience about six months day and six
Solstice are given below :
months night because :
S.No. Summer Solstice Winter Solstice (a) When the rays of the Sun fall directly on the
(i) It is the position of It is the position of Tropic of Cancer, the areas near the South Pole
the earth when the the Earth when the receive less heat.
Northern Hemisphere Southern Hemisphere (b) The North Pole is inclined towards the Sun and
has the longest day has long days and so, the places beyond the Arctic Circle experi-
and shortest night. shorter nights.
ence continuous daylight. At the same time,
In Southern Hemis- In Northern Hemis-
(ii) the Southern Hemisphere has the opposite sea-
phere it is winter phere, the days are
season at this time. short and the nights sons.
are long. (c) Nights are longer and areas beyond the Ant-
It occurs on 21st June. It occurs on 22nd arctic Circle get continuous night. The reverse
(iii) December. happens again on every year on 2nd December.

WORKSHEET-106
The vertical line
Solutions from the earth's
orbital plane
North Pole
1. (i) (b) (ii) (a) (iii) (c) (iv) (b) 23½°
Tro
p ic o
2. (i) 366 (ii) rotation (iii) elliptical (iv) Cancer fC
anc
er
Eq
uat
(v) winter or
66½
°
The plane
3. Tro
pic o
fC
of the earth's
orbit
apr
ico
rn

South Pole

Inclination of the Earth’s axis and the orbital plane

S OLUT I ONS P-55


OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS

WORKSHEET-107
Solutions 8. Two effects of Earth’s rotation are :
(i) Due to rotation of the Earth, there is regular oc-
1. (c) currence of tides twice a day and their gradual
2. (d) westward progress.
3. The two motions of the Earth are : (ii) It causes the formation of day and night.
(i) Rotation (ii) Revolution
9. Norway is known as the Land of Midnight Sun
4. We observe a leap year after every four years. because :
5. Rotation is the movement of the Earth on its axis. (i) The Sun does not go below the horizon or come
6. The four major seasons are : above it on 21st June.
(i) Summer (ii) Winter, (ii) The Sun moves at a long elevation from horizon
(iii) Autumn (iv) Spring. to horizon. Although the attitude is very low, it
7. The change in seasons is caused due to : continues shining longer for all the 24 hours.
(i) The rotation of the Earth 10. Dusk : It is that period of evening which has
(ii) Inclination of the Earth’s axis diffused light after the Sunset.
(iii) The revolution of the Earth and Dawn : It is that period of the morning which has
diffused light just before the Sunrise.
(iv) The parallelism of the Earth’s axis
11. The difference between Solstice and Equinox are given below :
S.No. Solstice Equinox
(i) It is dependent on the sunrays falling on the It is dependent on the sunrays falling on the Equator.
Tropics.
(ii) When the rays fall vertically on the Tropics, Nights and days are always equal along the Equator.
days and nights are either longer or shorter.
(iii) There is Summer Solstice or Winter. There is Autumn Equinox and Spring.

WORKSHEET-108
Solutions
1. (b)
2. (c)
3. Day and night are caused due to the rotation of the
Earth on its own axis.
4. The plane formed by an orbit is known as Orbital
Plane.
5. The Earth takes 365¼ days (one year) to revolve
around the Sun. conditions.
6. Seasons change due to the change in the position of
the Earth around the Sun.
7. The change of seasons is caused due to the
revolution of the Earth around the Sun.
8. The Earth receives light from the Sun. Due to the
spherical shape of the Earth, only half of it gets light
from the Sun at a time. The portion facing the sun
experiences day, while the other half away from the
Sun experiences night.
9. The portion of the Earth facing the Sun would
always experience day, thus bringing continuous
warmth to the region. The other half would remain
in darkness and would be freezing cold all the time.
Life would not have been possible in such extreme
10. On 22nd December, the Tropic of Capricorn receives
direct sunrays due to the tilt of South Pole towards
it. As the sunrays are vertical on it, hence it has
summers. Therefore, Christmas which falls on 25th
December is celebrated in summers in the Southern
hemisphere.

P-56 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 11. Spiring
N.P. Equinox
(21st March)

Summer in th S.P. Autumn Winter in the

Northern Hemisphere Northern Hemisphere

Summer Solstice
SUN
(21st June) Sun Winter Solstice
(22nd December)
Winter in the
Southern Hemisphere Summer in the
Autumn
Southern Hemisphere
Equinox
(23rd September)
Spiring

WORKSHEET-109
Solutions morning hence, the shadows are longer.
7. On September 22nd or 23rd in the Northern
1. (a) Hemisphere, night and day are nearly of the same
2. The Earth takes about 24 hours to complete one length as the Sun crosses the Equator, moving
rotation on its axis. The period of rotation is known southwards. And in the Southern Hemisphere on
as the Earthday. 20th or 21st March, the Sun crosses the Equator,
3. No, the Earth doesn’t follow exactly the same orbit moving northwards it is known as Autumn
every year due to changing positions of the planets. Equinox.
4. The sunrays are directly on the Tropic of Cancer on 8. The circle that divides the day from the night on
21st June. the globe is called the Circle of Illumination. In the
5. The sunrays at noon are the hottest in comparison following image, the shadowed portion of the Earth
to the sunrays of the morning and evening. This experiences day and the white portion of the Earth
is because the rays of the Sun are almost vertical experiences night. The circle that divides the two is
at noon. They fall over a small area and hence, the Circle of Illumination.
give a greater amount of heat that means the heat
received at per unit area increase. The rays of the CIRCLE OF ILLUMINATION
Sun are slanting in the morning and in the evening. CIRCLE OF ILLUMINATION
They spread over a wider area and hence, they (6.5
N)
ircle
cover larger area but give less amount of heat. That Arc
tic C
3.5N
)
er (2
is why, it is hotter when the sunrays are vertical at a ic o
fCanc
Trop
place. ator
(O)
Equ
.55)
6. The shadows are long in the morning and evening apr
icom
(23
fC
and shorter at noon. It is the effect of the slanting Trop
ic o
(66
.55)
ircle
and direct rays of the Sun. When the rays of the Sun Anti
rcti cC

are overhead in afternoon, shadows are the shortest.

The rays of the Sun are slanting during evening and

WORKSHEET-110
Solutions 3. (a) False
(b) True
1. (a) Capricorn (c) True
(b) Earthday (d) False
(c) 23rd September
(e) False
(d) rotation
(e) spherical 4. Sunrays fall directly on the Equator on 21st March.
2. 1. (iv) 2. (iii) 3. (v) 4. (ii) 5. (i). 5. The combined effect of the Earth’s orbital motion and
the tilt of its rotation axis results in the seasonal changes.
qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-57

CHAPTER
SECTION

B
4 MAPS

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-111
Solutions S.No. Map Plan
1. Let the distance from E to C = 5 cm. (i) A map is a A
plan is a drawing
C to M = 3 cm. representation or a of a small area on a
M to B = 2 cm. drawing of the earth’s large scale.
B to A = 2cm. surface or a part of it
The total walking distance between Karim’s house drawn on a flat surface
and post office is the sum of all distances, i.e. according to scale.
(E to C) + (C to M) + (M to B) + (B to A)
(ii) There are certain things There are certain
5 + 3 + 2 + 2 = 12cm.
Therefore according to the scale which can not be shown things we sometimes
1 cm = 10 m. 12 cm = 120m. on a map. want to know, e.g.,
2. (i) The three components of a map are distance, length and breadth of
direction and symbols. a room. So, we refer
(ii) The four cardinal directions are North, South, East to drawing drawn to
and West.
scale called a plan.
(iii) Scale of the map is the ratio between the actual
(vi) Large Scale maps provide detailed information on a
distance on the ground and the distance on the
small area like your village or town, is to be shown
map.
on paper.
(iv) A globe can be useful when we want to study the
(vii) As it is not possible to draw on a map the actual
Earth as a whole. But if we want to study only a part
shape and size of different features such as building,
of the earth, e.g. country, states, districts, towns and
roads, bridges, trees, railway lines or a well. So, they
villages it is of little help. A map is a representation
are shown by using certain letters, shades, colours,
or a drawing of the earth’s surface or a part of it
pictures and lines. These symbols give a lot of
drawn on a flat surface according to a scale.
information in a limited space. With the use of these
But it is impossible to flatten a round shape
symbols, maps can be drawn easily and are simple
completely.
to read. Maps have a universal language that can
(v) Distinctions between a map and a plan are given be understood by all. In this way symbols help in
below : reading maps.

WORKSHEET-112
Solutions (v)
Place Side of Railway Station
1. (i) The river is flowing from North-East to South-
West direction. (a) Chhatri to the South
(ii) The metalled road passes by the side of village (b) Church to the South
Dumri. (c) Pond to the North
(iii) Sunderpur is situated on Broad gauge type of (d) Mosque to the North
railway line. (e) River to the South
(iv) The Police Station is situated Eastern side of railway (f) Post and Telegraph to the South
bridge. (g) Graveyard to the South
2. (i) (b) (ii) (a) (iii) (b) (iv) (a)

P-58 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI

OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-113
Solutions
1. (d)
2. (iii)
3. A map is a representation of the earth’s surface or a
part of it on a flat surface according to scale.
4. North direction cm. on the map showing 500 meters on the ground.
5. (i) Thematic maps It is called a Large-Scale map.
(ii) Political maps
(iii) Physical maps (i) Symbols : Symbols are used on maps because it
6. Maps which focus on specific information, such
as road maps, rainfall maps, showing distribution
of forests, industries, etc. are known as Thematic
Maps. Suitable titles may be given on the basis of
information provided by these maps.
7. When the boundaries of the continents, countries,
states, districts, capital cities and towns are shown
on a map, it is called a Political Map.
8. The maps which show mountains, plains, valleys,
plateaus, rivers, lakes and contours, etc. are called
Physical Maps. They are also known as Relief Maps.
WORKSHEET-114
Solutions
1. (a)
2. (c)
3. A plan is the drawing of a small area on a large
scale.
4. The art or science of map making is known as
Cartography. compass will not indicate any particular direction,
5. The symbols which are used with general agreement
to make the map clear and easier to read are known
as Conventional Symbols.
6. The directions in between the cardinal directions,
for example, NE, NW, SE, and SW are called
Intermediate Directions.
7. The arrow ‘N’ shows the northern direction. It is
called the North Line. When we know about the
north, we can find out other directions.
8. Compass is an instrument used to find out main
directions. Its magnetic needle always points
towards North-South direction.
9. Maps have a universal language that can be
understood by all. There is an international
agreement regarding the use of some symbols.
These are called conventional symbols.
S OLUT I ONS
9. When large areas like continents or countries are
to be shown on paper, we use a small scale. For
example, if 5 cm. on a map shows 500 km. on the
ground, it is called a Small-Scale map.
10. When a small area like village or town is to be
shown on paper then we use a large scale, that is, 5
11. The components of maps are :
is not possible to show all details of an area as
they actually are. These symbols make it easier
to draw maps and also, to understand them.
(ii) Direction : There are four main directions i.e.
East, West, South and North, known as the car-
dinal directions. Maps easily help us to locate
direction on the given surface, because north-
ern direction of a map is always marked as ‘N’.
(iii) Distance : With the help of scale, large areas
can be shown on a small scale map.
10. A sketch is a drawing, mainly based on memory
and spot observation and not to scale. Such a rough
drawing is drawn without scale and is called a
sketch map.
11. The compass is very stable in areas close to the
Equator, which is far from “Magnetic North”.
At some point close to the Magnetic Pole, the
but will begin to drift in a non-direction indicating
manner. Also, the needle starts to point up or down
when getting closer to the poles, due to the so-
called magnetic inclination. Cheap compass with
bad bearings may get stuck due to this, thereby
indicating a wrong direction.
12. We need to understand maps because of the
following reason :
(i) To find our way around a city.
(ii) To find the location of specific places in a new
city.
(iii) To find the shortest route to a specific spot.
(iv) To find out locations of petrol pumps, police
station and rest houses on highways.
(v) In case of emergency, it helps to find the near-
est hospital or medical aid.
P-59
 WORKSHEET-115
Solutions 7. An aeronautical chart is a map designed to assist
in the navigation of aircrafts much like as nautical
1. (d) charts do for watercraft or a roadmap for drivers.
2. A map drawn at local level showing the Using these charts and other tools, pilots are able
measurement of land, locations of building, parks, to determine their positions, safe altitude, best
etc. is called Cadastral sting map. route to a destination, navigation aids along the
3. When many maps are put together, we get an Atlas. way, alternative landing areas in case of an in-fight
emergency and other useful information such as
Atlas is of various sizes, measurements drawn on
radio frequencies and airspace boundaries.
different scales.
8. Blue—lakes, rivers, streams, oceans, reservoirs, etc.
4. A Floor Plan is a diagram, usually to scale the
Red—major highways, roads, urban areas, airports,
relationships between rooms, spaces and other
physical features. special interest sites, military sites, place names,
5. An indispensable tool for a cartographer is the buildings, borders.
computer. Much of cartography, especially at the Yellow—built-up or urban areas.
data-gathering survey level has been replaced Green—parks, golf courses, forest, orchards,
by Geographic Information Systems (GIS). highways.
The functionality of electronic maps has been Brown—deserts, historical sites, national parks,
greatly advanced by technology simplifying the
military reservations or bases, contour (elevation)
superimposition of spatially located variables
into existing geographical maps, having local lines.
information integrated within the map, allows Black—railways, highways, bridges, place names,
more efficient analysis and better decision making. buildings, borders.
6.
S.No. Map Plan
(i) In map, details are Plan is drawn to large
given in the form of scale and shows true
symbols, words, lines direction.
and colours.
(ii) It shows a large area of It shows detailed
ground on a small scale layout of spaces,
or large scale, i.e., maps length and breadth of
reduce the entire world a building, etc.
on its parts to fit on a
sheet of paper.
(iii) Maps are precise. Its scale can be
enlarged.

WORKSHEET-116
Solutions 3. Physical maps commonly use colours most
dramatically to show changes in elevations. A
1. (a) universal palette of green is often used to display common
elevations. Dark green usually represents low-lying
(b) globe
land white lighter green used for higher elevations.
(3) small scale
For higher elevations, physical maps will often use
(4) compass
light brown to dark brown.
(5) scale 4. The Global Positioning system (GPS) is a U.S.
2. (a) True space-based global navigation satellite system. It
(b) False provides a reliable positioning, navigation and
(c) True timing services to worldwide users on a continuous
(d) False basis in all weather conditions, either day or night,
(e) False anywhere on or near the Earth, which has an
unobstructed view of four or more GPS satellites.
qqq

P-60 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
5 MAJOR DOMAINS OF THE EARTH

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-117
Solutions (b) Antarctica
(iv) The different layers of the atmosphere are :
1. The Strait between India and Sri Lanka is Palk Troposphere, Stratosphere, Mesosphere,
Strait. Thermosphere and Exosphere.
2. (i) Largest continent is Asia. (v) The earth is called the “Blue Planet’ because more
Smallest continent is Australia. than 71 percent of earth is covered with water.
(ii) North America is larger than South America. Therefore from outer space it appears blue.
3. (i) The four major domains of the Earth are : (vi) Northern Hemisphere is called Land Hemisphere
(a) Lithosphere because the greater part of the land masses lie in
(b) Hydrosphere the Northern Hemisphere.
(c) Atmosphere (vii) The biosphere is important for all the living
(d) Biosphere. organisms. The biosphere is the narrow zone
(ii) The major continents of the Earth are Asia, Africa, of contact between land, water and air. It is in
Europe, North America, South America, Australia this zone that life exists. All the living organisms
and Antarctica. including humans are linked to each other and to
the biosphere for survival. In the biosphere, there
(iii) The two continents that lie entirely in the Southern
are several species of organisms that vary in size
Hemisphere are :
from microbes and bacteria to huge mammals.
(a) Australia

WORKSHEET-118
Solutions
1.
Mountains

Asia
Ural

Europe
Pacific Atlantic Pacific
Ocean Ocean Ocean

Isthmus
of Panama South
America Indian
Ocean Australia

Antarctica

2. (i) (c), (ii) (a), (iii) (a), (iv) (c), (v) (b). (iv) Eurasia (v) Mt. Everest.
3. (i) Marina Trench (ii) Indian (iii) Biosphere

S OLUT I ONS P-61


OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-119
Solutions
1. (a)
2. The two main divisions of the Earth’s surface are :
(i) Continents (ii) Ocean basin
3. A Continent is a large landmass separated by a
water body such as ocean or sea.
4. There are seven continents in the world. Asia is the
largest continent.
5. Antarctica is known as the ‘White Continent’
because it always remains under a thick cover of ice.
6. Our earth is surrounded by a layer of gases which
is known as the atmosphere. It is mainly composed
of 78% Nitrogen, 21% Oxygen, 1% Carbon dioxide
and other gases. They are essential for life in the
following ways :
(i) Required in various forms to maintain the fertil-
ity of soil.
(ii) Help plants to grow which provide us food.
(iii) Carbon dioxide helps plant to manufacture
food in the presence of sunlight.
WORKSHEET-120
Solutions
1. (d)
2. Indian Ocean is named after a country.
3. The Atlantic Ocean is ‘S’ shaped.
4. It is 78%. (v) The Sahara Desert, the world’s largest hot de-
5. The gaseous layers that surround the Earth is called
Atmosphere, where oxygen, nitrogen, carbon
dioxide and other gases are found.
6. The increase in the amount of CO2 leads to increase
in global temperatures. This is termed as Global
Warming.
7. The three chief movements of ocean water are
waves, tides and ocean currents.
8. The four major oceans of the world are the Pacific
Ocean, the Atlantic Ocean, the Indian Ocean and
the Arctic Ocean in order of their size.
9. The density of atmosphere varies with height. It
is maximum at the sea level and decreases rapidly
as we go up. Climbers experience problems in
breathing at height due to decrease in the density
of air.
10. (i) Africa is second largest continent after Asia.
(ii) The Equator or 0° Latitude runs almost through
the middle of the continent.
P-62
7. (i) Australia (ii) Asia (iii) Pacific Ocean.
8. (i) Hydrosphere : It is the sphere of water. It con-
sists of water on and below the surface of the
Earth.
All the water bodies on the surface of the Earth,
namely oceans, lakes and rivers together with
snow and ice are known as hydrosphere. About
2/3rd of the Earth’s surface is covered with wa-
ter bodies.
(ii) Lithosphere : The land mass of the solid crust of
rocks is called lithosphere. It includes all types
of land masses big or small, even or uneven,
vast plains and plateaus, etc.
9. (i) Asia is the largest continent. It covers about one
third of the total land area of the Earth.
(ii) The continent lies in the Eastern Hemisphere.
(iii) The Tropic of Cancer passes through this conti-
nent.
(iv) Asia is separated from Europe by the Ural
Mountains on the West.
(v) The combined landmass of Europe and Asia is
called the Eurasia (Europe + Asia).
(iii) A large part of Africa lies in the Northern Hemi-
sphere.
(iv) It is the only continent through which the Trop-
ic of Cancer, Equator and Tropic of Capricorn
pass.
sert, is located in Africa.
(vi) The continent is bound on all sides by oceans
and seas. The world’s longest river, the Nile
flows through Africa. (Any five)
11. North America
(i) North America is the third largest continent of
the world.
(ii) It is linked to South America by a very narrow
strip of land called the Isthmus of Panama.
(iii) The continent lies completely in the Northern
and Western Hemisphere.
(iv) Three oceans which surround this continent are the
Pacific Ocean, Atlantic Ocean and Arctic Ocean.
South America
(i) South America lies mostly in the Southern
Hemisphere.
(ii) The Andes, world’s longest mountain range
runs through its length from North to South.
(iii) South America has the world’s largest river, the
Amazon River.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-121
Solutions
1. (b)
2. Air moves from high pressure to low pressure.
Moving air is known as wind.
3. Biosphere is the narrow zone where we find land,
water and air together and which contains all forms
of life.
4. (i) Australia is the smallest continent that lies en-
tirely in the Southern Hemisphere.
(ii) It is surrounded on all sides by oceans and seas.
It is called the Island Continent.
5. (i) Europe is much smaller than Asia. The conti-
nent lies to the West of Asia.
(ii) The Arctic Circle passes through it.
(iii) It is bound by water bodies on three sides.
6. (i) The Pacific Ocean is the largest ocean. It is
spread over one-third of the Earth.
(ii) Marina Trench, the deepest part of the Earth,
lies under the Pacific Ocean.
(iii) The Pacific Ocean is circular in shape. Asia, Aus-
tralia, North and South America surround it.
7. (i) Antarctica, completely in the Southern Hemi-
sphere, is a huge continent. It is larger than the
combined area of Europe and Australia.
(ii) The South Pole lies almost at the centre of this
continent.
WORKSHEET-122
Solutions
1. (b)
2. (a)
3. (a) nitrogen
(b) Australia Africa and in the East by Australia.
(c) Maitri 8. (i) All living organisms including humans are
(d) tides
(e) CO2
4. (a) (ii) vided into the plant kingdom and animal king-
(b) (v) dom.
(c) (iv)
(d) (i)
(e) (iii)
5. Lithosphere comprises of rocks of the earth’s crust
and thin layers of soil that contain nutrient elements
which sustain organisms.
S OLUT I ONS
(iii) It is permanently covered with thick ice sheets.
(iv) There are no permanent human settlements.
(v) Many countries have research stations in Ant-
arctica. India also has research stations there.
These are named as Maitri and Dakshin Gan-
gotri.
8. Atlantic Ocean
(i) The Atlantic Ocean is the second largest Ocean
in the world.
(ii) It is ‘S’ shaped. It is flanked by North and South
America on the western side, and Europe and
Africa on the eastern side.
(iii) The coastline of the Atlantic Ocean is highly
indented, which provides an ideal location for
natural harbours and ports.
(iv) From the point of view of commerce, it is the
busiest ocean.
A
rctic Ocean
(i) The Arctic Ocean is located within the Arctic
Circle and surrounds the North Pole.
(ii) It is connected with the Pacific Ocean by a nar-
row stretch of shallow water known as Bering
Strait.
(iii) It is bound by northern coasts of North America
and Eurasia.
6. Elevation of land is measured from the level of the
sea, which is taken as zero.
7. (i) The Indian Ocean is the only ocean named after
a country, that is, India.
(ii) The shape of the ocean is almost triangular.
(iii) In the North, it is bound by Asia, in the West by
linked to each other and to the biosphere for
survival.
(ii) The organisms in biosphere may be broadly di-
(iii) The three domains of the Earth interact with
each other and affect each other in some way or
the other.
For example, cutting of forests for fulfilling our
needs of wood or clearing land for agriculture may
lead to fast removal of soil from slopes. Similarly,
the earth’s surface may be changed due to natural
calamities like earthquakes.
qqq
P-63
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
6 MAJOR LANDFORMS

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-123
Solutions Mt Fujiyama in Japan are examples of such
mountains.
1. (i) Photograph no. 1- Sand dunes in desert area. (iv) Mountains are useful to man in following ways :
(ii) Photograph no. 2- A coastal area. (a) The mountains are a storehouse of water.
(iii) Photograph no. 7- A mountain area. (b) Reservoirs are made and the water is harnessed
2. (i) The major landforms are the mountains, plateaus, for the use of people.
plains, peninsula, etc. (c) Water from the mountains is also used for ir-
(ii) The difference between a Mountain and a Plateau rigation and generation of hydro-electricity.
are given below : (d) The river valleys and terraces are ideal for culti-
S.No. Mountain Plateau vation of crops.
(e) The forests provide fuel, fodder, shelter and
(i) A mountain is any A Plateau is an other products like gum, raisins, etc.
natural elevation of the elevated flat land. (f) It provides an idyllic site for tourists.
earth surface. (v) Plains are large stretches of flat land. Most of the
(ii) Mountains are rich in Plateaus are the great plains are formed by rivers and their tributaries.
forests. reservoirs of different The rivers flow down the slopes of mountains
minerals. and erode them. They carry forward the eroded
(iii) Himalayas, Alps and Deccan plateau, Tibet material. Then they deposit their load consisting
Aravallis are some of plateau, and African of stones, sand and silt along their courses and in
the mountains in the plateau are the major their valleys. It is from these deposits that plains are
world. plateaus in the world. formed.
(iii) There are three types of mountains : (vi) River plains are thickly populated because
Fold mountains, Block mountains and Volcanic construction of transport network is easy. There
mountains, is more construction possible as more flat land
(i) Fold Mountains : The Himalayan Mountains is available for building houses, as well as for
and the Alps are young fold mountains with cultivation.
rugged relief and high conical peaks. (vii) Mountains are thinly populated because they have
(ii) Block Mountains : They are created when large steep slopes and lack in fertile soil. These conditions
areas are broken and displaced vertically e.g. are not favourable for agriculture. The steep slopes
Rhine valley and the Vosges mountain. on the other hand, make transportation and
(iii) Volcanic Mountains : They are formed due to physical communication difficult. Mountain areas
volcanic activity. Mt Kilimanjaro in Africa and in the world are not much developed.

WORKSHEET-124
Solutions (ix) Cattle grazing in the field.
(x) A snow covered region.
1. (i)
A region where people travel by means of
2. The main use of this land is rearing and grazing of
camel.
the animals.
(ii) A coastal region. 3. (i) Photograph 3 - Boat racing.
(iii) A boat-race scene. (ii) Photograph 6 - Plucking of tea leaves. Tea plan-
(iv) A dense forest area. tation.
(v) Houses built on mountains. (iii) Photograph 8 - Boat rafting.
(vi) Women are plucking tea leaves. (iv) holograph 9 - Animal grazing.
(vii) Tourist complexes built on mountains. 4. Types of houses are :
(viii) Water rowing. (i) Photograph no. 4 - Tent houses.

P-64 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 (ii) Photograph no. 5 - Slopey houses built in hilly
regions.
5.
The water sports shown in
(i) Photograph no. 3 - Boat racing.
(ii) Photograph no. 8 - Boat rowing.
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-125
Solutions
1. (d)
2. The process operating inside the Earth is known as
internal process.
Example : The movement of magma, producing
volcanoes and earthquakes.
3. The process chiefly operating on the surface of the
Earth is called external process.
Example : Erosion and weathering. and the Alps are young fold mountains with rugged
4. (i) Internal process and (ii) External process. relief and high conical peaks.
5. The wearing away of the Earth’s surface is called
Erosion.
6. Volcanic mountains are formed as a result of
volcanic activities on the surface of the Earth.
Example : Mt. Kilimanjaro and Mt. Fujiyama.
7. Mountains may be arranged in a line known as
range. Many mountain systems consist of a series
of parallel ranges extending over hundreds of
kilometres.
For e.g. The Himalayas, the Alps and the Andes are
the mountain ranges of Asia, Europe and South
WORKSHEET-126
Solutions
1. (b)
2. The process of depositing the transported sediments
is called deposition.
3. A mountain is any natural elevation of the Earth
surface, often 600 metres and more above the
ground.
4. Mountains may be arranged in a line known as
mountain range.
5. The raised part of the Earth’s surface between two
faults or Block Mountains is known as Horst.
6. A plateau is an elevated flat land. It is a flat-topped
table land standing above the surrounding area.
A plateau may have one or more sides with steep
slopes. Plateaus, like mountains may be young or
old.
S OLUT I ONS
6. The two means of transport shown in
(i) Photograph no 1 - Camels (deserts)
(ii) Photograph no 10 - Taxi (roads).
7. (i) (a), (ii) (a), (iii) (c), (iv) (c), (v) (b).
8. (i) plateau (ii) young fold (iii) Plateaus (iv) Range
(v) plain
America respectively.
8. A hill is a land surface higher than the local area,
whereas a steep hill with an elevation of more than
600 metres is termed as a mountain.
9. Fold Mountains can be old and young. Fold
mountains, for e.g., the Appalachians in North
America, the Ural Mountains in Russia and the
Aravali range in India are the oldest fold mountain
systems in the world. The Himalayan Mountains
10. Benefit of plateau :
(i) Plateaus have rich mineral deposits.
(ii) Most precious metals like gold, silver, etc. are
also obtained from mines found in the plateau
regions.
(iii) Plateau region soil is made up of lava, which is
good for crops like cotton.
Benefits of Plains :
(i) They provide us ideal sites for settlement.
(ii) Plains are the food bowl of a region.
For e.g., the Deccan plateau in India is one of the
oldest plateaus. The East African Plateau, The Tibet
Plateau and the Western Plateau of Australia are
other examples.
7. Land as a resource of being wasted by man due to
the following reasons :
(i) By constructing houses on a fertile land,
(ii) Throwing garbage on land,
(iii) Making water dirty, which leads to wastage of
these precious resources, and
We should avoid using such important gifts of
nature in a careless manner. The available land
is not only for our use. It is our duty to protect
the Earth as a better place for future genera-
tions as well.
8. Plains are large stretches of flat land. They are,
generally, not more than 200 metres above the
mean sea level.
P-65
 Most of the plains are formed by rivers and their
tributaries.
(i) The rivers flow down the slopes of mountains
and erode them. They carry forward the eroded
materials.
(ii) Then they deposit their loads consisting of
stones, sand and silt along their courses and in
their valleys.
(iii) From these deposits plains are formed.
9. (i) A volcano is an opening on the surface of the
Earth from which magma, associated gases and
ash erupt.
WORKSHEET-127
Solutions
1. (c)
2. Moving mass of ice is called Glacier.
3. The physical features of the Earth’s surface are
known landforms.
4. The Tibet Plateau is the highest plateau in the world
with a height of 4,000 to 6,000 metres above the
mean sea level.
5. The lowered block between two normal faults is
known as Graben.
6. Some of the recreational activities of the coastal
areas include boating, water skiing, swimming,
fishing, surfing, sun bathing and canoeing. In
Kerala, snake boat races are held in connection with
Onam, the harvest festival in August/September.
7. Some of the depositional features are: moraines,
levees, flood–plains and sand dunes.
8. Three natural resources found in plateaus are: gold,
diamond and iron.
9. Himalayan rivers have abundant sources of water
because rivers rising in this area are perennial in
nature. They are snow-fed or heavily rain fed.
Therefore, they contain water throughout the year
in abundance.
WORKSHEET-128
Solutions
1. (d)
2. (b)
3. The Indo-Gangetic plain is the most populated
region of India.
4. Flora means plants and fauna means animals.
5. Due to harsh climatic conditions, the number of people
living in mountain areas is less. Generally two types of
housing pattern can be seen on the mountains. One
in which the houses are generally scattered these are
mud houses with low roofs and have a lot of distance
between them. Second is the clustered type, where
all the houses are situated on a particular slope. The
houses are generally wooden houses and may be
joined wall to wall with each other.
P-66
(ii) Volcano has a magma chamber that is a huge
bottomless pot of molten rocks.
(iii) The main channel through which magma
moves towards the surface is the central vent.
(iv) A crater is at the top of a volcano and it is from
here, that much of the lava, gas, rock fragments
and ash are ejected.
(v) Volcanic cones are the result of eruptions which
are mostly small pieces of rocks that build up
cones around the vent.
10. Weathering and erosion are geological processes
that act together to shape the surface of the Earth.
In simple terms, weathering is a set of processes that
break solid rocks into fragments. Erosion is a group
of processes that involve running water, blowing
wind or moving ice, which pick up and move these
fragments to a different locations.
11. (i) Fold mountains are generally formed in the less
deformed areas adjacent to areas strongly af-
fected by thrust tectonics.
(ii) Typically, they are found in the foreland region
where a major mechanically weak horizon is
present.
(iii) The frontal thrust (or thrusts) propagate(s) a
long distance along the horizon and subse-
quent movement on the thrust can give rise to
a sequence of folds as the hanging wall of the
thrust effectively crumples.
(iv) The anticline crests may be high enough to
form mountains.
(v) Most of the fold mountains are likely to be rel-
atively young in geological terms as they will
start eroding as soon as they are formed.
6. (i) Divergent boundary : Boundary where plates
move apart or spread.
(ii) Convergent boundary : Boundary where plates
collide with each other, causing one plate to ei-
ther dive under or ride up over the other plate.
(iii) Transform boundary : Boundary where plates
slide past each other.
(iv) Folds : Places where rocks have been com-
pressed into bends by colliding plates.
(v) Faults : Places where rock masses have been
broken.
(vi) Earthquake : Sudden shaking of the Earth’s
crust that take place when tectonic forces cause
masses of rock inside the crust to break.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 7. (i) Lava plateaus are formed by highly fluid (run-
ny) basaltic lava during numerous successive
eruptions through numerous vents without
violent explosions (quiet eruptions).
(ii) These eruptions are quiet because of low vis-
cosity of lava and contains small amount of
trapped gases.
WORKSHEET-129
Solutions
1. (a) Mauna Kea
(b) Aravali range
(c) Mt. Fujiyama
(d) Block Mountains 6. (i) Block Mountains are formed when large areas
(e) Tibet Plateau
(f) Chhotanagpur/Subarnarekha
2. The plains generally have deep and fertile soil. Since
the plains have a flat surface, means of irrigation are
easily developed. Both these factors have made the
plains agriculturally important that they are often
called ‘food baskets of the world’.
3. (i) The Black Forest : Block mountains crust being stretched and extended by tension-
(ii) The Nilgiris : Residual mountains
(iii) The Fuji Yama : Volcanic mountains
(iv) The Andes : Fold mountains
4. Most of the minerals in the world are found in
the peninsular plateaus. Besides, the extraction of
minerals is relatively easier on the plateaus. These
minerals are indispensable as raw material for our
industries. We get gold from the Plateau of Western
Australia; copper, diamonds and gold from the
Plateaus of Africa; and coal, iron, manganese and
mica from the Chhota Nagpur Plateau in India.
5. Mountainous areas have lower temperatures. They
serve as a climatic divide between two adjoining
S OLUT I ONS
(iii) Multiple successive and extensive lava flows
cover the original landscape to eventually form
a plateau, which may contain lava fields, cin-
der cones, shield volcanoes and other volcanic
landforms.
regions. The Himalayas for example, forms a barrier
to the movement of cold winds from Central Asia
towards the Indian subcontinent. They also force
the South West Monsoons to ascend and cause
rainfall on their southern slopes.
of bedrock are widely broken up by faults cre-
ating large vertical displacements of continen-
tal crust.
(ii) Vertical motion of the resulting blocks, some-
times accompanied by tilting, can then lead to
high escarpments.
(iii) These mountains are formed by the Earth’s
al forces.
(iv) Fault block mountains commonly accompany
rifting, another indicator of tensional tectonic
forces.
(v) The uplifted blocks are called block mountains
or Horsts. The intervening dropped blocks are
termed as graben.
(vi) These can be small and form extensive rift val-
ley systems. This form of landscape can be seen
in East Africa, the Vosges, the Basin and Range
province of Western North America, in South-
Central New England and the Rhine Valley.
(vii) Volcanic eruptions often occur when the re-
gional stress is extensional and the crust is
thinned.
qqq
P-67
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
7 OUR COUNTRY-INDIA

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-130
Solutions (e) Bhutan

1. There are eleven time zones in Russia. (f) Myanmar

2. The names of these seven countries are: (g) Bangladesh.
Afghanistan  (iii) The two major rivers which fall into the Arabian sea

and  in the North-West are Narmada and Tapi.
Pakistan  (iv) The delta formed by the Ganga and Brahamaputra
China
 is Sunderban, in West Bengal.
Nepal  in the North (v) There are 29 states and 7 union territories in India.
Bhutan 
Punjab and Haryana have a common capital
}
Myanmar
In the East
Bangladesh (Chandigarh).

3. (i) The major physical divisions of India are : (vi) A large number of people live in the Northern plains

(a) Great Himalayas of the North. because they are generally level and flat. They are
formed by the alluvial deposits brought down by
(b) North Indian plains
the rivers Indus, Ganga and Brahamaputra and
(c) Peninsular plateau
their tributaries. They provide fertile land for
(d) Great Indian desert
cultivation.
(e) Coastal plains.
(vii) Corals are skeletons of tiny marine animals called
(ii) The seven countries that shares its land boundaries
polyps. When the living polyps die, their skeletons
with India are :
are left behind. Other polyps grow on top of the
(a) Afghanistan
hard skeleton which grows higher and higher, thus
(b) Pakistan
forming the coral islands. Lakshadweep islands are
(c) China
coral islands located off the coast of Kerala.
(d) Nepal

WORKSHEET-131
Solutions 2. (i) Yes, two girls, Krishna and Ganga live in my lo-
1. Afghanistan, Nepal and Bhutan do not have access cality who are named after a river.
to any ocean or sea. (ii) The list of such names related to water are Swati,
and Salil.
3. (i) (a) (ii) (b) (iii) (b) (iv) (b) (v) (a).

P-68 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 4.

Standard Meridian of India

er
anc
ic of C
p
Tro

t
ha
Wes

G
n
er
te

st
rn G

Ea
hat

(i) Tropic of Cancer (iv) Andaman Islands and Lakshadweep Islands.

(ii) Standard Meridian of India (v) Western Ghat and Eastern Ghats.
(iii) State in which you live 5. (i) 3.28 million sq. kms. (ii) Himadari (iii) Rajasthan
(iv) Arabian (v) Tropic of Cancer.

OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS

WORKSHEET-132
Solutions 8. The features of the Northern plains of India are :
(i) They are formed by the alluvial deposits of riv-
1. (d) ers and their tributaries.
2. 3.28 million square kilometres. (ii) They extend from the Sutlej river in the West to
3. (i) 3200 kms, (ii) 2900 kms. the Brahmaputra in the East.
4. The Tropic of Cancer (23½ N) divides India into T
hey are divided into three parts :
almost two equal halves. (i) Indus Plains
5. A landmass surrounded on three sides by water (ii) Ganga Plains
bodies is known as Peninsula. (iii) Brahmaputra Plains
6. The water bodies which surround the Indian 9. (i) India is located in northern Hemisphere.
Peninsula are : (ii) The Tropic of Cancer 23° 30’ N almost divides
(i) In South — The Indian Ocean, India into two equal halves.
(ii) In East — The Bay of Bengal, and (iii) From South to North, the mainland of India ex-
(iii) In West — The Arabian Sea. tends between 8°4’ and 37°6’ N latitudes.
7. The three peaks of the Himalayas are : (iv) From West to East, India extends between 68°7’
(i) Mount Everest E and 97° 25’ E longitudes.
(ii) Godwin Austen (v) The Indian Ocean is named after India and is
(iii) Kanchenjunga situated in the South of India.
The three ranges of Himalayas are : (vi) Indian Peninsula is surrounded by the Arabian
(i) The Greater Himalayas Sea, Bay of Bengal and Indian Ocean on three
(ii) The Himachal Range sides. (Any five)
(iii) The Shiwalik Range

S OLUT I ONS P-69

 WORKSHEET-133
Solutions
1. (a)
2. Two Southern neighbouring countries of India are :
(i) Sri Lanka, and (ii) Maldives.
3. The Palk Strait separates Sri Lanka from India.
4. Goa is the smallest Indian state in terms of area.
5. Alluvial deposits are very fine soil brought by rivers
and deposited in the river basins.
6. Island Groups of India : Lakshadweep and
Andaman and Nicobar Islands are the two main
island groups of India.
(i) Lakshadweep island groups are in the Arabian sea.
(ii) The southern east point of India is located in the
Nicobar islands.
(iii) In the Bay of Bengal, the Andaman and Nicobar
islands groups are situated.
7. Lakshadweep Islands are located in the Arabian
Sea. These are coral islands located off the coast of
Kerala. Corals are skeletons of tiny marine animals
called Polyps. When the living polyps die, their
skeletons are left. Other polyps grow on top of the
hard skeletons, which grow higher and higher, thus
forming the coral islands.
WORKSHEET-134
Solutions 6. The Northern Plains are formed by alluvial deposits.
1. (c)
2. River Ganga and Brahmaputra forms the largest 7. For administrative purposes, the country is divided
delta in the world.
3. The coastal plains of India are :
8. The Great Indian Desert lies in the western part
(i) Western coastal plain
(ii) Eastern coastal plain. land. It receives very little rainfall, and thus, has
4. Indira Point is the Southernmost point of India,
while Kanayakumari is situated at the Southernmost 9. India is well-connected with South West Asia,
tip of the mainland of India.
5. Across the sea to the South, lie our island
neighbours—Sri Lanka and Maldives. Sri Lanka is
separated from India by the Palk Strait.
10. Distinguish between Eastern Coastal Plains and Western Coastal Plains are given below :
S.No. Eastern Coastal Plains
(i) They are broad.
(ii) They are directed by a number of rivers.
(iii) The rivers form deltas.
(iv) They lie between the Bay of Bengal and
Eastern Ghats.
WORKSHEET-135
Solutions
P-70
1
8. 82 ° E is the Standard Meridian of India. The local
2
time at this meridian is taken as the standard time
for the whole country.
9. India is marked by a diversity of physical features
such as mountains, plateaus, plains, coasts and
islands.
(i) In the North are the lofty snow-capped Himalayas.
‘Him’+’alaya’ means ‘the abode of snow’. The
Himalayan Mountains are divided into three main
parallel ranges :
(a) The northernmost is the Great Himalaya or
Himadri. The world’s highest peaks are located
in this range.
(b) The Middle Himalayas or Himachal lies to the
South of Himadri. Many popular hill stations
are situated here.
(c) The Shiwalik is the southernmost range.
(ii) The Northern Indian Plains lie to the South of the
Himalayas. They are generally level and flat. These
are formed by alluvial deposits laid down by the
rivers—the Indus, the Ganga, the Brahmaputra and
their tributaries. These river plains provide fertile
land for cultivation.
Alluvium is the fertile soil brought down by rivers.
So, they are fertile.
into 29 states and 7 Union Territories. Each state is
further sub-divided into districts.
of the country. It is a dry, hot and sandy stretch of
almost negligible vegetation. 
Africa and Europe and North and South America
through the Suez Canal and Cape of Good Hope.
Suez Canal is an international highway of trade
and commerce and India gets advantages of this
highway, linking East with West.
Western Coastal Plains
They are narrow.
They have two main rivers.
The rivers form estuaries.
They lie between the Arabian Sea and Western Ghats.
1. (d)
2. (c)
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 3. Tributary is a river or stream which contributes its
water to a main river by discharging it into the main
river from either side.
4. Largest state is Rajasthan; and Smallest state is Goa.
5. The rivers Narmada and Tapi are the only westward
flowing rivers that drain into the Arabian Sea.
6. The second parallel range of the Himalayas is
known as the Himachal Himalayas or middle
Himalayas.
7. India has an area of about 3.28 million sq. km. The
North-South extent from Kashmir to Kanyakumari
is about 3,200 km. The East-West extent from
Arunachal Pradesh to Kuchchh is about 2,900 km.
The lofty mountains, the Great Indian Desert, the
Northern Plains, the uneven plateau surface, the
coasts and islands present form diverse landforms.
8. (i) The Ganga and Brahmaputra form the world’s
largest delta.
(ii) It is known as Sundarban Delta.
(iii) It is the fastest growing delta.
(iv) It is the most fertile delta.
9. The Peninsular Plateau :
(i) Lies to the South of northern plains.
(ii) It is triangular in shape.
(iii) It is a region of numerous hill ranges.
(iv) It is rocky and uneven.

WORKSHEET-136
Solutions 4. (v)
5. (iii)
1. (a) 2900 3. (a) False
(b) Seven (b) False
(c) Shiwalik (c) True
(d) Narmada (d) False
(e) Coastal plains (e) True
2. 1. (ii) 4. Due to the great longitudinal extent of about 29°,
2. (iv) there is a wide difference in the local time of the two
3. (i)
extremes of India.
5. Distinguish between Andaman Islands and Lakshadweep Islands are given below :
S.No. Andaman Islands Lakshadweep Islands
(i) Islands are numerous. Islands are few in number.
(ii) They are volcanic in origin. They are coral in origin.
(iii) They are in the Bay of Bengal. They are in the Arabian Sea.
(iv) They are arranged in a linear pattern. They are arranged in a floral pattern.
qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-71

CHAPTER
SECTION
B
8 INDIA-CLIMATE AND VEGETATION
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-137
Solutions
1. (i) Monsoon winds bring rainfall in India. It is
important because agriculture in India is dependent
on these rains.
(ii) The different seasons in India are :
(a) Cold weather season (Winter)
(b) Hot weather season (Summer)
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-138
Solutions
1. (d)
2. (b)
3. Climate is the sum of total weather conditions
which have been measured over many years.
4. The climate of India has been broadly described as
monsoon type.
5. (i) Wild life Sanctuary : It is a reserved area meant
for the preservation and development of en-
dangered species.
(ii) National park : It is a reserved area meant for
preserving natural vegetation, wild life and
natural beauty.
(iii) Trade wind : Winds blowing in a constant di-
rection from the subtropical high pressure belts
to low pressure belts are termed as trade winds.
(iv) Rain Shadow area : It is an area lying on the
leeward side of a mountain or plateau which
receive a little or less/low or no rainfall.
6. The South-West winds cause rain in India
because :
(i) During early June, the low pressure condition
over the North-Western plain gets intensified.
(ii) This low pressure which prevails is so power-
ful that it attracts the South-East trade winds,
which on crossing the Equator in the Indian
ocean acquire South-Westerly direction.
(iii) As it passes over the equatorial warm current,
it brings with them the abundant moisture,
P-72
(c) Southwest monsoon season (Rainy)
(d) Seasons of retreating monsoon (Autumn)
(iii) The grasses, shrubs and trees, which grow on their
own without interference or help from human
beings are called natural vegetation.
2. (i) (c), (ii) (a), (iii) (b).
3. (i) loo, which (ii) retreating monsoon, (iii) Gir,
Asiatic lions.
which causes rainfall during June to September.
7. There are thousands of species of animals and a
large variety of reptiles, amphibians, mammals,
birds, insects and worms which dwell in the forest
of India.
(i) The tiger is our national animal. It is found in
various parts of the country. Gir forest in Gu-
jarat is the home of Asiatic lions.
(ii) Elephants and one-horned rhinoceroses roam
in the forests of Assam. Elephants are also
found in Kerala and Karnataka.
(iii) Camels and wild asses are found in the Great
Indian desert and the Rann of Kuchchh.
(iv) Wild goats, snow leopards, bears, etc. are
found in the Himalayan region.
(v) Besides these, many other animals are found
in our country such as monkey, wolf, jackal,
nilgai, cheetal, etc.
(vi) There are several hundreds of species of
snakes found in India. Cobras and kraits are
important among them. India is equally rich in
bird life.
(vii) The peacock is our national bird. Other com-
mon birds are parrots, pigeons, mynah, geese,
bulbul and ducks.
(viii) There are several bird sanctuaries which have
been formed to give birds their natural habitat.
These provide the birds with protection from
hunters. (Any five)
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-139
Solutions
1. (d)
2. (c)
3. The system of winds in which the direction of winds
is completely reversed from one season to the other
is known as monsoon.
4. Location, altitude, distance from the sea and relief
are the factors which affect the climate of a place.
5. Weather is the day-to-day changes in the
atmosphere. It includes changes in temperature,
rainfall and sunshine, etc.
Climate is the average weather conditions, which
have been measured over many years.
6. Forests are useful to us in the following ways :
(i) Plants release oxygen that we breathe and ab-
sorb carbon dioxide.
(ii) The roots of the plants bind the soil and thus,
they control soil erosion.
(iii) Forests provide us with timber for furniture,
fuel wood, fodder, medicinal plants and herbs,
lac, honey, gum, etc.
(iv) Forests are the natural habitat of the wild life.
7. The climate of India has broadly been described as
monsoon type.
Monsoon is taken from the Arabic word ‘mausim’,
WORKSHEET-140
Solutions
1. (a) December, February 7. Some birds from western countries migrate to
(b) common
(c) Jaisalmer migratory birds. They arrive in December and stay
(d) Great India Desert, Rann of Kuchchh
(e) Soil
2. (a) True 8. The drawbacks of cutting trees are as follows :
(b) True (i) Due to cutting of trees, several species of wild-
(c) False
3. The climate found in the areas far from the oceans
and seas and characterised by hot summer and cold
winter is known as Continental type of climate.
4. The climate with very little difference in summer
9. The government has taken many steps to preserve
and winter temperatures is known as equable
climate.
5. The state of atmosphere at a place at anytime is
known as weather.
6. Biosphere reserve is created to conserve biological
diversity and genetic integrity of plants, animals
and micro-organisms in their totality. Biosphere
reserves are undisturbed natural areas for scientific
study. Two biosphere reserves in India are
S OLUT I ONS
which means ‘seasons’. Due to India’s location in
the tropical region, most of the rain is brought by
monsoon winds.
8. (i) Cold Weather Season or Winter : During the
winter season, cool, dry winds blow from North
to South. The sun rays do not fall directly in the
region and as a result, temperature is quite low
in Northern India.
(ii) Hot Weather Season or Summer : In the hot
weather season, sun rays more or less directly
fall in this region. Temperature becomes very
high. Hot and dry winds called loo, blow dur-
ing the day.
(iii) South-West Monsoon Season or Rainy Sea-
son : This season is marked by the onset and
advance of monsoon. The monsoon winds
blow from the Arabian Sea and Bay of Bengal
towards the land. They carry moisture with
them. When these winds strike the mountain
barriers, rainfall occurs.
(iv) Season of Retreating Monsoons or Autumn :
Winds move back from the mainland to the Bay
of Bengal. This is the season of the retreating
monsoons. The southern parts of India, particu-
larly Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh receive
rainfall in this season.
‘Nanda Devi Biosphere Reserve’ and ‘Sunderbans
Biosphere Reserve’.
our country in winter season which are known as
till March. Some of the migratory birds are Siberian
crane, flamingo, curlews, etc.
life are declining rapidly.
(ii) It is also leading to increasing natural disasters
such as floods.
(iii) It will lead to increase in global warming.
wildlife like :
(i) Many national parks, wild sanctuaries, zoologi-
cal gardens have been set up.
(ii) Hunting of animals has been banned.
(iii) The government has started many projects,
such as Project Tiger, Project Elephant, etc.
(iv) It is also observes Wildlife Week to create
awareness among the People.
qqq
P-73
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
1 UNDERSTANDING DIVERSITY

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-141
Solutions Muslims : (i) Eid-ul-Zuha, (ii) Eid-ul-Fitr
Christians : (i) Easter (ii) Christmas
1. (a) When I go out, I like wearing Saari/Suit. 6. Since India has a rich heritage of diversity people
(b) At home, I speak in Hindi. celebrate festivals of other communities, speak
(c) My favourite sport is Cricket. different languages and recite music. These are
(d) I like reading books about Indian Culture. enjoyed by all. People have learnt to eat food of
2. Difference between Samir Ek and Samir Do are : different regions. It is a unique experience.
7. Unity in Diversity’ is an appropriate term to
S.No. Samir Ek Samir Do
describe India because India is a vast country with
(i) Samir Ek is a Hindu. Samir Do is a Muslim. lofty mountains on the North and seas and oceans
(ii) Samir Ek belongs to a Samir Do belongs to a on three sides. These geographical conditions have
helped to shape the life style of the people. This
well settled family. poor family.
diversity can be seen in :
(iii) He goes to school He does not go to (i) the language they speak.
every day. school because his (ii) the clothes that they wear.
(iii) the food that they eat.
parents cannot afford
(iv) the type of occupation that they follow.
to send him to school. In spite of these geographical differences, they
3. No, these differences did not prevent them from are influenced by similar historical developments.
becoming friends. The people from different parts of India rose
4. The two boys may have celebrated the following up and protested against the British rule. Both
festivals—Samir Ek : (i) Diwali (ii) Rakshabandhan Hindus and Muslims sacrificed their lives at the
(iii) Holi (iv) Dusshera. Jallianwallah Bagh in Amritsar. When India got
Samir Do : (i) Eid-ul-fitr (ii) Eid-ul-Zuha (iii) Shab- Independence, our constitution was framed by the
e-barat (iv) Muharram. Constituent Assembly, which was a conglomeration
5. Hindus : (i) Diwali (ii) Holi (iii) Lohri representing different sections of the society.
(iv) Rakshabandhan (v) Dusshera

WORKSHEET-142
Solutions
1. The food eaten from different parts of India are :
(i) Idli and Dosa—South India
(ii) Rasogolla—West Bengal
(iii) Kahwa Tea—Kashmir
(iv) Sarson ka sag and Makka ki Roti—Punjab
(v) Dal Bati—Rajasthan
2. I have a friend who belongs to Gujarat and is
a Muslim. He shifted here in search of job and finally
he got the job in my organization. He usually comes
to my home but my mother dislike him because
he is a Muslim and he eats meat etc. His way of
speaking Hindi is some what different as we speak.
Whenever I go to his home, his family members,
specially female members do not come out from
their rooms because they believe in purdah system
and they talk in Gujarati with each other. Inspite of
these dissimilarities, we are very close friends.
3. Samir Do did not attend the school because he
does not have enough money to meet out the
expenditures of schooling. It is not easy for him to
attend school, if he wants to do so. His priorities are
food clothes and his dwelling place. In my opinion,
it is not fair situation but government can help in
this situation by making education free for those
who can not bear the expenditures.
4. Diversity adds a lot of things to human lives.
Diversity in the from of art and literature, clothes,
food, festivals and languages become a the part and
parcel of our lives. Hence, it gives a new outlook to
the people related to the rich culture of India.

P-74 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 5. Gujarati — Gujarat 6. Students do this activity themselves.
Punjabi — Punjab 7. The line, ‘the blood of Hindus and Muslims flow
Bengali — West Bengal together today’ reflects india’s essential feature of
Dogri — Jammu & Kashmir unity.

WORKSHEET-143
Solutions Nehru in his book ‘Discovery of India’ wrote that
India has been always united inspite of geographical,
1. If I was forced to live in a place where people wore religious and cultural differences. Indian unity
the same two colours, red and white, ate the same is not something imposed from outside, but is
food (may be potatoes), took care of the same two something deep and within its is fold. The widest
animals, for example the deer and the crow, and to tolerance of beliefs and customs has always been
entertain themselves played snakes and ladders. I acknowledged and even encouraged.
would miss the following : 2. The concept of diversity includes acceptance
(i) I do not like deer and crow. I will miss keeping and respect. It means understanding that each
dog as a pet. individual is unique and recognising individual
(ii) I would miss wearing clothes of different col- differences. These can be along the dimensions of
ours-blue, green, yellow, etc. race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, socio-
(iii) I like to play basket ball and will miss it, if I lived economic status, age, physical abilities, political
there. beliefs and other ideologies. It is the exploration of
(iv) I would not like to eat potatoes every day. I like these differences in a safe, positive and nurturing
variety in my food, eating different vegetables, environment.
fruit, milk, curd and cheese.
3.
1 2 3
Different ways in which Through singing a hymn. P
eople close their eyes People sit in rows on the
people pray. and join their hands and ground and the Maulvi
recite the prayers. leads the prayer.
Different ways in which T
hrough exchange of Through signing a N
ikah, in which both the
people get married. garlands and taking register in the court. boy and girl confirm that
seven pheras around the they want to get married.
sacred fire in presence of
relatives and friends.
Different ways in which I n Punjab , women wear In West Bengal women In Manipur women wear
people dress. suits and salwar and wear sarees. a fanek.
kameez.
Different ways in which In Punjab Sikhs say Sat- In Jharkhand many Jn Delhi, people greet
people greet each other Sri-Akal. adivasis say “johar” to each other by saying
greet each other. ‘Namaste’.
Different ways in which By making Biryani with By making lemon rice, By boiling rice in plain
people cook rice. meat or vegetables. with some dal, fried in oil. water.

WORKSHEET-144
Solutions (iii) People practice It is a cold place
religions such as surrounded by
1.
Students mark Kerala and Ladakh in their Maps Judaism, Islam, mountains hence
from Atlas. Christianity, Hinduism people eat meat
S.No. Kerala Ladakh and Buddhism. primarily.
People practice
(i) Kerala is a state. Fishing Ladakh is a small town Buddhism and Islam.
and Agriculture is the in Jammu & Kashmir.
(ii) It is surrounded by Agriculture is the
see on one side hence Primary occupation.
people eat fish and rice
primarily

S OLUT I ONS P-75

 (iv) It is located in the It is located in the
southern part hence northern part of India
people wear shirt and hence people wear fur
lungi because of hot coats because of cold
climate. climate.
2. The National anthem is sung in all parts of India.
The national anthem is expression of India’s unity
and sovereignty. Whenever it is sung, in any part
of the country, people stand in attention position,
with their heads held high It is sung on various
occasions of our national respect in every part of the
country. People in all parts of the country respect
the national anthem and nobody dishonours it.
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-145
Solutions
1. (a)
2. Hindi and English are the two major languages
which are spoken by the Indians.
3. Nehru said that India’s unity is not something
imposed from outside, but it is something deeper
and within its fold, the widest tolerance of beliefs
and customs is practised and every variety is
acknowledged and even encouraged.
4. The Portuguese discovered the sea route to India
from Europe, when Vasco-da-Gama landed with
his ship here.
5. The term ‘Cheena-Vala’ is used for the fishing nets
used in Kerala, and they are called so, as they look
like the Chinese fishing nets.
6. The term ‘communalism’ refers to the tendency
of socio-religious groups towards sectarian
exploitation of social traditions as a medium of
political moblisation to promote political, social
and economic interests of one group, even at the
expense of or in an antagonistic condition of other
groups.
7. Kerela basically thrives on agriculture. The main
crops are paddy, coconut, pepper, cashew, cassava
and plantation crops like rubber, and cash crops
WORKSHEET-146
Solutions
1. (c)
2. Onam is the famous festival of Kerala.
3. St. Thomas is credited with introducing Christianity
in India nearly 2000 years ago.
4. India’s National Anthem was composed by
Rabindranath Tagore. Rabindranath Tagore won
P-76
3. Tamil Nadu : It is a state situated on the sea coast of
India. It has moderate climate throughout the year,
with rainfall during the winter season. It comprises
a fertile land and people grow rice and vegetables.
Fishing is the main occupation of the people. Rice
and fish is the staple diet of the people. They build
houses on a higher ground with slanting roofs, so
that the rain water can easily drain out.
Rajasthan : Mostly, it comprises of desert and it
is one of the border states of India. Rajputs are a
martial race. Agriculture is very difficult and coarse
grains like jowar and bajra are grown. Major means
of transport are the camels. People build houses
with flat roofs and verandahs to keep the dusty
winds away.
like tea and coffee, spices, nutmeg and cashew nut.
8. The book “Discovery of India” gives a complete
view of Indian history, philosophy and culture.
Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru studied the history of
India starting from the Indus Valley Civilization to
Aryans invasion and then to the British rule. The
effect of these people on Indian culture and their
incorporation in the Indian society was examined
in the book.
9. (i) The British Army Officer, Dyer commanded his
troops to enter into the Jallianwalla Bagh on
Baisakhi Day (April 13).
(ii) The troops opened fire without a warning to
the unarmed protestors, who were demanding
the release of two natural leaders, Satyapal and
Saibuddin Kitchlew.
(iii) Dyer’s troops fired and killed hundreds and
stopped only when they ran out of ammuni-
tion.
(iv) The Bagh, enclosed from all four sides with
buildings, had only one main entrance that was
blocked by Dyer’s troops.
(v) Other smaller gates were locked and people
fleeing from the firing were shot.
(vi) Many of them jumped to their death in a well
inside the garden.
noble prize for his work “Gitanjali”.
5. Ladakh is a desert region situated in the mountains
of the eastern part of Jammu & Kashmir.
6. The state of Kerala has the highest literacy rate. The
literacy rate in the state is 90.92%.The Government
of Kerala initiated a state wide campaign total
increasing the literacy rate in the state.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 7. The saffron colour indicates renunciation of being
impartial. The white in the centre marks the path
of truth to guide our conduct. The green shows our
relation to the soil, to the plant life here, on which
all other life depends. The Ashoka wheel in the
centre is the wheel of Law of Dharma.
8. The national song of India was composed by
Bankim Chandra Chatterjee in Bengali language.
The English translation of the song was done by
Shree Aurobindo.
9. The two important festivals that are celebrated in
India by the Muslims are :
Muharram : The festival celebrates the martyrdom
of Prophet Mohammed’s grandson, Hazrat Imam
WORKSHEET-147
Solutions
1. (d)
2. Hemis festival which is a two day festival celebrated
at the Hemis monastery in Ladakh.
3. Manipur : The traditional Manipur costume for
women includes a shawl called Innaphi, a Phanek
and a wrap-around skirt called Sarong.
Tripura : The women of Tripura wear Rinai, a long
and broad cloth which is wrapped around the waist
and reaches the knees.
4. St. Thomas, the Christian apostle, visited Kerala in
52 B.C.
5. Changpas, the tribals of Ladakh rear goats and
sheep.
6. Famine is a phenomenon in which a large
percentage of the population of a country remains
undernourished. It is usually associated with crop
failure. obtained from coconut husk. Kerala is considered
The two great famines that India experienced were
the first Bengal famine of 1770 and the second
Bengal famine of 1943.
WORKSHEET-148
Solutions
1. (d)
2. Ladakhi is the predominant language of Ladakh.
3. Pheran and Kasaba are the two popular costumes of
Ladakh.
4. Buddhism and Islam are the two important religions
of Ladakh.
5. Kerala is located in the South-West corner of India. gious and regional backgrounds were united
6. Ibn Battuta was an ardent Muslim who was born
in Morocco. He was a pilgrim, jurist, courtier and
a politician. He travelled for twenty nine years.
He visited India, Africa and China. He is the only
medieval explorer to visit the lands of every Muslim
ruler in his time.
S OLUT I ONS
Hussain. The Shia Muslim community celebrates it
in a grand manner.
EId-ul- Fitr : Eid-ul-Fitr is also known as the festival
of breaking of the fast. It is celebrated at the end of
the month of Ramzan. It is an occasion of fasting
and rejoicing.
10. Ladakh was a major trading centre on the Silk
Route between China and the Mediterranean. It
was considered to be a good trade route as it had
many passes through which caravans travelled
to Tibet. As a result, Ladakh came to be known as
the ‘Land of Passes’. The caravans carried textiles,
spices, raw silk and carpets.
7. Judaism constitutes the religious doctrines and a
rite of the Jews as enjoined in the laws of Moses.
Judaism is based on Zoroastrianism. It has given
rise to two great religions of the world which are
Christianity and Islam.
8. Drought is a dry weather condition that persists
long enough to cause problems such as crop
damage and water supply shortages. The two states
that are severely affected by drought are Rajasthan
and Gujarat.
9. Siddhartha Gautama was the founder of the religion
Buddhism. Two main principles of Buddhism are :
(i) Right speech, and
(ii) Right action.
10. The state, Kerala derives its name from the
Malayalam word ‘Kera’, meaning the coconut palm
and ‘Alam’, meaning the place. Coconut forms a
part of the daily diet of the people of Kerala.
Coir is an important eco-friendly material which is
to be the largest producer of coir. Products such as
flooring, mats, carpets, wall hangings and bags are
made from coir fibre.
7. Ladakh is a desert in the mountains in the eastern
part of Jammu and Kashmir. Very little agriculture
is possible as the region does not receive any rain
and as it is covered which snow for a large part of
the year. There are very few trees which grow in
their region. The major crops of this region are rice,
wheat, barley, peas, millet and maize.
8. (i) Women and men from different cultural, reli-
together to fight against the British rule. They
worked together to plan joint actions to be tak-
en against the Britishers. They went to jail to-
gether and found different ways to oppose the
British.
P-77
 (ii) India does not have a uniform culture. It has Economic inequality comprises all disparities in the
diversity of cultural practices, languages, cus- distribution of economic assets and income.
toms and traditions. The people of India get an Social inequality refers to the lack of social equality,
opportunity to enjoy all these diversities in the where individuals in a society do not have equal
nature in their day-to-day life. social status, adequate provision of healthcare
9. Inequality means the unavailability of resources facilities, etc.
and opportunities for different people. The caste Political inequality exists where people are
system is an example of inequality. Inequality has not given voting rights, freedom of speech and
various forms like : assembly, freedom to contest elections and so on.

WORKSHEET-149
Solutions
1. (a)
2. The other name for the Jallianwala Bagh Massacre
is Amritsar Massacre.
3. The British ruled over India for more than 200 years.
4. The state of Kerala was created on 1st November,
1956.
5. The important tourist places in Kerala are the
backwaters, beaches, rolling hills and exotic wild
life.
6. India, being the largest democracy, has multiple
cultural origins. It is a land of diverse cultures,
religions and communities. There is great diversity
in our traditions, manners, habits and customs. Each
state portrays different customs and traditions. Yet,
all the live people together as Indians. People from
different backgrounds and cultures participated
in the struggle for freedom. The freedom fighters,
namely Mahatma Gandhi, Nehru and Subhash
Chandra Bose believed in the concept of unity in
diversity.
7. The coastal state of Kerala is in the southern part of
India and is called the Tropical Paradise of India.
It is surrounded by the Arabian Sea on one side
and Western Ghats on the other side. The tropical
climate of Kerala offers a pleasant atmosphere
throughout the year. Kerala has hot and humid
climate during April and May and pleasant and
cold climate during December-January.
8. (i) The poem was sung after the Jallianwala Bagh
Massacre in Amritsar in which General Dyer,
opened fire on a large group of unarmed peo-
ple, killing and wounding many people.
(ii) The last line of the poem “the blood of Hindus
and Muslims flows together today”, reflects the
unity of the Indian people.
9. Assam is a North-Eastern state of India. It is famous
for Assam tea and silk. A land of high rainfall, the
place is endowed with lush greenery and the mighty
river Brahmapurta. Major religions of the state are
Hinduism and Islam. Bihu is the important festival
celebrated in Assam. It is the home of varieties of
citrus fruits and leafy vegetables.

WORKSHEET-150
Solutions 6. Kochi, the commercial capital of Kerala, is known as
the ‘Queen of the Arabian Sea’. 
1. (b) 7. Vasco Da Gama was a Portuguese explorer. He was
2. (b) born in Sines, Portugal in 1469. The Portugal King,
3. (a) Intermixing Emmanuel I ordered Vasco Da Gama to complete
his father’s historic voyage. In 1502, he destroyed
(b) Jawaharlal Nehru the Arab trading centres in India and established
(c) Chinese, Arab Portuguese trading centres. He helped Portugal to
(d) Inequality become rich and famous.
(e) geographical area. 8. Onam is an important festival of Kerala. It is
celebrated with joy and enthusiasm by the
(f) culture people for ten days. People prepare Onasadya, a
4. (a) (False) nine course meal consisting of 13 dishes. Other
important features of Onam are Vallamkali, the
(b) (False) snake boat race and Pookalam, which flower mats
(c) (True) are designed by women.
(d) (True) 9. Pashmina shawls are expensive shawls in the
markets of Ladakh and in the other parts of India,
(e) (False) the reason being that the wool comes from mountain
(f) (True) goats called Changra and only a small portion of
5. The lakes, canals, inlets and rivers in Kerala are the goat hair is used to make pure Pashmina. The
interconnected waterways that form the backwaters manufacturing of shawls requires great skill. The
in Kerala. wool is famous for its softness, warmth lightness
and beautiful dyes.
qqq

P-78 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
2 DIVERSITY AND DISCRIMINATION

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-151
Solutions
1. Rural People :
(i) More than 50% of all Indians live in the villag-
es. ()
(ii) Villagers do not care about their health. They
are full of superstitions. ()
(iii) People in the villages are backward and lazy.
They do not like to work. ()
(iv) In peak harvesting and plantation season, fami-
lies spend 12 to 14 hours working in the fields. regularly. They are not dirty the kind of work
()
(v) Villagers are dirty and not hygienic. ()
Urban People :
(i) Life in the city is easy. People here are spoilt
and lazy. ()
(ii) In cities, families spend very little time with
each other. ()
(iii) People in towns only care about money, not
about people. ()
(iv) Living in a city is expensive. A large part of peo-
ple’s earnings is spent on rent and transport. ()
(v) City people cannot be trusted, they are cunning
and corrupt. ()
2. (i) It is not a prejudice but the government has
given figures which show more than 50% Indians
live in the villages.
(ii) Villagers care about their health. They go to
the health centres, if they are sick and take the
medicines given to them.
(iii) It is true and not a myth. They have to harvest the
crops and store them in godowns. They also have to
sow their fields, requires a lot of work.
(iv) It is not a prejudice. It is true because :
(a) Most of the villagers work in the fields from
morning till evening and get dirty.
(b) Enough water is not available to them to bath
they do, makes them dirty and full of mud.
(v) It is true that people have to pay rent for a house on
exorbitant rates. They travel long distances to reach
their places of work.
3. (i) Two surgeons were eating lunch when one of
them made a call on the mobile phone to speak
with her daughter who had just returned from
school.
(ii) The boy who won the drawing competition
went to the dias on a wheelchair to collect his
prize.
(iii) One of the fastest athletes in the world suffers
from chronic asthma.
(iv) She was not that well-off but had a dream to
become an astronaut which she did.

WORKSHEET-152
Solutions cant. We keep judging other languages nega-
tively. As a result, we may not respect people
1. We can be prejudiced about many things; people’s who speak languages other than English.
religions beliefs, the colour of their skin, the region 2.
they come from, the accent they speak in, the clothes
they wear. Often, our prejudices about others are S.No. Girls Boys
so strong that we don’t want to develop friendship (i) They are well- They are physically
with them. At times, we may even act in ways that behaved. strong.
hurt them. (ii) They are soft They are naughty.
Some of the prejudices are : spoken and gentle.
(i) People think that a child can get best education
(iii) They are good at They don’t cry.
only in Public Schools. We tend to treat chil- dance and painting.
dren who go to Government or Government
aided schools as inferior. Therefore, this leads (iv) They are good at They are rowdy
to differential treatment. cooking.
(ii) We believe that English is the most important (v) They are emotional. They are good at sport.
language and that other languages are insignifi-

S OLUT I ONS P-79

 3. They are not born with these qualities but as they
are constantly hearing about them, so these ideas
become fixed in their mind.
4. When the stereotype people think that daughters
are a burden on the parents, it affects the life of the
girl child in the following ways :
(i) When daughters fall sick they do not get proper
medical care and attention.
(ii) Generally, the daughters are not sent to school.
(iii) They feel guilty as they realise that they are a
burden on the family.
WORKSHEET-153
Solutions
1. The children are saying :
(i) ‘People say all sort of things’ because the child
is clumping. This make them sad and sore. The
children are saying all sort of things about ste-
reotypes because they cannot walk or run like
them.
(ii) ‘You look so different’ the child is in a wheel-
chair and is not a normal boy, he cannot walk
and run or play like others.
(iii) ‘Is her mind okay’ The child is wobbly while
walking. It is their curiosity to know if her mind
is normal and can study and work like a normal
child.
The children you see in the illustrations here
were seen as ‘disabled’. This term has been
changed and now the term used is ‘children
with special needs’. Common stereotypes about
them are given in large letters. Their own feel-
ings and thoughts too are given.
2. The children with special needs should study in a
separate school because :
(i) When they see normal children playing and
shouting, they may feel sad and pathetic. It
hurts their sentiments.
WORKSHEET-154
Solutions
1. Stereotype : When we fix people into one image,
we create a stereotype. When people say that
those who belong to a particular country religion,
sex, race or economic background are stingy, lazy,
criminal or dumb, they are stereotypes. Just because
some people are like that, it is not fair to think that
everyone will be the same.
Discrimination : It happens when people act on
their prejudices or stereotypes. If you do something
to put other people down, if you stop them from
taking part in certain activities and taking up jobs or
stop them from living in certain neighbourhoods,
prevent them from taking water from the same
well or hand pump or not allow them to drink tea
in the same cups and glasses as others, you are
discriminating against them.
P-80
5. With regards to equality the Constitution says :
(i) Government jobs are open to all.
(ii) Everyone has equal rights and opportunities?
(iii) Untouchability is seen as a crime and has been
legally abolished by law.
(iv) People are free to choose the kind of work they
wish to do.
So the Constitution also placed this responsibility
on the government to take specific steps to ensure
that the right to equality is provided to poor and
other deprived communities.
(ii) The students in higher classes, very often have
their classrooms for going to the science lab or
the computer. It becomes difficult for them to
do so.
(iii) They cannot take part in the school functions
like cultural programmes or sports.
3. The girls are soft and gentle by nature. They are
taught good behaviour, manners and etiquettes
by their parents and others. All people are not the
same, the nature of a person is different. Some are
quite and gentle while others are naughty.
4. Studies have now shown that poverty among the
Muslims is an important reasons why Muslim girls
do not attend school or leave school after a few
years.
5. Classes are divided into three groups:
(i) You are watching TV with your family and one
of them makes a prejudicial comment about a
particular religious community.
(ii) Some boys make remarks about girls not being
able to play games as well as they.
(iii) A friend begins to tease a classmate because he
is poor.
2. The person who is discriminated against might feel
insulted and hurtful.
3. Although the children offered money, the cartmen
refused to carry them because they belonged
to the Mahar community, which was treated as
untouchables in the Bombay Presidency.
4. The Station Master did not pay atlention to
them after hearing their reply that were Mahars
(an untouchable community) and no cartmen
were ready to carry them because they were
untouchables.
5. Dr. Ambedkar was a small boy and he could not
understand the meaning of untouchability. His
tender heart must have been hurt, when he saw
signs of repulsion on station master’s face. He
failed to understand why was the station master
behaving in such a manner.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 6. Yes, I have been discriminated once, I was invited
to attend the birthday party of my best friend who
belonged to a rich family, while I belonged to a poor
family. When I reached his home he welcomed me
warmly, but his parents treated me as an unwanted
guest, perhaps they were familiar with my financial
background. I felt very bad and I repented why I
had gone there.
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-155
Solutions
1. (c)
2. The first page of the Constitution of India states that
all the Indians are entitled to equality of status and
opportunity.
3. The reasons for Muslim girls not attending schools
are early marriages and poverty.  principles of an autonomous political entity. It
4. The important element of our unity is that we all
live together peacefully and respect one another in
all the spheres of life.
5. Dr. Bhim Rao Ambedkar was the Chairman of the
Constitutional Drafting Committee.
6. Dalits were formerly known as untouchables. These
are people outside the four Varnas of the caste
system and considered to be the lowest of all and
polluting. Dalits include people such as leather-
workers, scavengers, tanners, flayers, cobblers,
agricultural labourers, municipal cleaners and drum
beaters. They are also known as broken people.
7. Equality means that all people are equally protected
by law and no one is above law. All the people are
free to follow their religion language , and festivals
WORKSHEET-156
Solutions
1. (c)
2. The quote says that prejudice is the judgement
formed without due examination or thinking
negatively without getting sufficient knowledge. District, and so, he changed his name from “Sakpal”
3. People’s religious beliefs, their colour, accent and
dress invoke people about prejudices.
4. Religious belief refers to the mental state in
which faith is placed as a doctrine related to the
supernatural, sacred or divine. Such a mental state
is related to the worship of deity.
5. Two Fundamental Duties of the Indian citizens are :
(i) to uphold and protect the sovereignty, unity
and integrity of India.
S OLUT I ONS
7.
The people of the lower castes had to face
discrimination from the society in various ways :
(i) They could not enter the temples.
(ii) The boys of the so-called upper caste refused to
play with these boys.
(iii) Their children could not attend the same school.
(iv) People refused to give their houses on rent to
them.
and to express themselves freely. Everyone has
the freedom to do work according to his/her own
choice. The State will not discriminate amongst
individuals on the basis of religion, caste, language,
gender or birth.
8. Constitution is set of rules for the government, often
in the form of a written document that establishes
defines the fundamental political principles and
establishes the structure, procedures, powers and
duties of a government.
9. A democracy works best in an environment of
tolerance and peace. Democracy flourishes when
there is respect for the opinions of others and where
there is freedom to practise one’s own beliefs. For
democracy to prosper, we have to keep an open
mind to learn what is worthwhile from others and
create a mind set that highlights the commonness
of our beliefs rather than differences. A democracy
based on such principles of respect, and tolerance
will be vibrant and encourage citizens to integrate
rather than create frictions. Hence, secularism is an
important principle in a democracy.
(ii) to value and preserve the rich heritage of our
composite culture.
6. Dr. Bhim Rao Ambedkar was the son of Ramji
Maloji Sakpal and Bhimabai Murbadkar. Bhimrao’s
native village name was “Ambavade” in Ratnagiri
to “Ambedkar” with the recommendation and faith
of Mahadev Ambedkar, his teacher.
7. Our Constitution prohibits beggar and other
forms of forced labour. It also prohibits selling and
buying of human beings. According to law, human
trafficking (buying & selling) is a criminal offence.
No one has the right to force another individual
to work for him without adequate wages or
compensation.
P-81
 8. When we fix people into one image, we create a
stereotype. Stereotypes are a result of prejudiced
opinions and not reason. Media, newspapers,
comics, movies and plays create stereotypes in
society by portraying a certain group or region in a
fixed manner.
9. India has a hierarchical caste system in the society.
The Indian term for caste is ‘jati’, which generally
designates a group varying in size from a handful
to many thousands. There are thousands of such
WORKSHEET-157
Solutions
1. (b)
2. Scheduled Caste is a social categorisation that
characterises the lowest step of the caste hierarchy,
as well as legal categorisation that relates to the
constitutionally designed instrument for identifying
certain caste groups for the purpose of various
constitutional entitlements.
3. Life in Indian villages is economical as people share
common facilities such as temples, schools, ponds
and grazing grounds. Life in city is expensive as
people have to spend more money on rent and
transport.
4. The negative stereotypes in a society regarding
blind people are that they are helpless, dependant
and miserable.
5. Yes, children with special needs should be a part of
regular schools, so that other students do not look
at them differently and they also develop the virtue
of tolerance.
6.
Directive Principles of State Policies are very
important because they give directions to the
governments at the centre as well as state to attain
the welfare of the people. Their aim is to secure
WORKSHEET-158
Solutions
1. (a)
2. The two positive stereotypes on Indian women are
that they are more faithful and spiritual than men.
3. Discrimination happens when people act on their
prejudices or stereotypes.
4. According to 2001 census, the literacy rate of the
Muslim women in Kerala was 89.4%.  They lived in the outskirts of villages and were
5. The four types of caste in India are Brahmins,
Kshatriyas,Vaishyas and Shudras.
6. Dalits are not permitted to drink water from public
wells, attend temple prayers, wear shoes in front
of an upper caste or drink from the same cups
in tea stalls. They have to face various sorts of
discrimination and atrocities from the upper castes.
P-82
jatis and each has its distinctive rules and customs.
Varna (meaning, “colour”) refers to the ancient
and somewhat ideal fourfold division of the Hindu
society: (1) the Brahmins-the priestly and learned
class; (2) the Kshatriyas-the warriors and rulers;
(3) the Vaisyas- farmers and merchants; and (4)
the Shudras, peasants and labourers. The caste
system was born and maintained by the Brahmins,
the priestly class and they are the ones to get more
advantage from it.
economic and social justice for the people. They also
aim to promote international peace and security.
7. Dalits status has often been associated with
occupation. Their occupation is regarded as impure.
They involve in activities like butchering, removal
of rubbish and waste. They are also involved in
cleaning streets, latrines and sewers. Engaging in
these activities was considered to be polluting the
individual and as a result, they are segregated and
banned from full participation in the Hindu society.
8. Fundamental Rights are important for the
development of an individual. They assure him
of his physical, mental and moral development.
Without these rights, we cannot make our life
happy and prosperous. They provide a check on
the government. They generate a feeling of security
amongst the minorities in the country.
9. The famous leader who faced discrimination was
the Father of India, Mahatma Gandhi. He faced
discrimination when he was in South Africa. He
faced discrimination directed towards the Black
South Africans and Indians. One day, in the court
at Durban, he was asked to remove his turban by
the Magistrate. Another incident was when he was
thrown off a train after his refusal to move from the
first class to the third class.
7. Yes, the National Human Rights Commission
of India is one such Commission that works for
the protection of human rights. The commission
enquires into a petition presented to it by a victim or
any person on his behalf into complaint of violation
of human rights or negligence in the prevention of
such violation by a public servant.
8. Mahars were the poor people who owned no land.
not allowed to enter into villages. Mahars were
the largest untouchable caste in Maharashtra,
comprising 9 per cent of that area’s population.
Ambedkar, the first individual from a traditionally
untouchable caste to receive a university education,
encouraged Mahars to leave Hinduism in protest of
their caste status.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 9. The first step towards bringing equality is ending
the system of inequality and privileges. For example,
in schools, equality can be promoted by providing
a uniform culture, i.e., equal opportunities for all
the children regardless of differences based on
race, gender, disability, language and social origin.
In a school, all the children should be given equal
access to all the facilities that are available in the school
premises.
10. Dr. Ambedkar encouraged Dalits to send their
children to schools and colleges. He also urged
Dalits to take on different kinds of government
jobs in order to move out of the caste system. He
led many Movements for the Dalits to gain entry
into temples. He also believed that the Dalits must
fight against caste system and work towards the
establishment of a society based on respect for all
persons.

WORKSHEET-159
Solutions 2. The government refers to this group of people as
Scheduled Caste (SC).
1. (a) dalit community
3. Boys and girls are brought up to believe that the
(b) Mahar
main responsibility of women is housework and
(c) England
bringing up children. This is reflected in most
(d) 1947; inequalities
families. Women do all the work inside homes
(e) opportunities
such as cooking, washing clothes, tailoring, looking
(f) Constitution
after children, etc. and men do all the work outside
(g) Equality, automatically
homes.
(h) Struggle, positive
4. Women in different parts of the world organised
(i) stereotype
and agitated for equal rights. There were agitations
(j) language
in different countries for the extension of voting
(k) Bhimrao Ambedkar
rights to women. These agitations demanded
(l) Scheduled castes
political and legal status of women and improving
(m) eight
their educational and job opportunities. These
(n) 1600 languages
agitations and movements helped to improve their
(o) villages
role in public life.
(p) cunning, corrupt.

WORKSHEET-160
Solutions language, follow a particular religion, live in
specific region, etc. may be discriminated on the
1. (a) (iii) basis of their customs or languages and may be seen
(b) (iv) as inferior. Another difference is visible through
(c) (i) their economic backgrounds, which further adds to
(d) (ii). their inequality. People who are poor do not have
2. (a) True the resources or money to meet their basic needs
(b) True of food, clothing and shelter. They experience
(c) False discrimination in offices, hospitals, schools, etc.
(d) False 6. Caste division is a special characteristic in India. It
has not completely disappeared from India. Despite
(e) False
Constitutional prohibitions, untouchability is still
3. The two positive stereotypes of boys are : (a) Boys continuing in India. The lower caste people are still
don’t cry, and (b) Boys are good in Mathematics backward in education as well as in their economic
and Science. conditions. In modern India, like in the pre-
4. Dr. Bhim Rao Ambedkar, a Dalit, was the member independence period, the poor are mostly the low
of the Constituent Assembly of India. He belonged castes and the rich are the higher castes. All these
to Mahar caste. show that inequalities are still continuing inspite of
the vast development that India has achieved.
5. Groups of people, who may speak a certain

S OLUT I ONS P-83

 WORKSHEET-161
Solutions
1. The Constituent Assembly took two years, eleven
months and seven days to complete its historic
task of drafting the Constitution of independent
India. The Constituent Assembly consisted of 299
members. All the prominent leaders of the freedom
movement were members of the Assembly. Some
of the major ones were Dr. Rajendra Prasad,
Jawaharlal Nehru, K.M. Munshi and Sardar Patel.
2. The basic features of the Indian Constitution
include sovereign democratic republic, justice,
liberty, equality and fraternity.
In the Constitution of India :
P-84
Justice means justice for all. Social justice means
justice for the whole society and no discrimination
is done on the basis of caste or colour. Economic
justice implies equal distribution of wealth and
political justice means equal participation of every
individual in the government.
Liberty : Indian citizens are given the freedom of
thought, expression, belief, faith and worship.
Equality : Liberty without equality is meaningless.
Every citizen of India is treated equally before law
and is ensured equal protection.
Fraternity : It means brotherhood amongst the
people of India.
qqq
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
SECTION
CHAPTER

B
3 WHAT IS GOVERNMENT ?

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-162
Solutions rights of the workers and works for the welfare of
the people.
1. Yes, the government has to tackle all kinds of 3. The government also does the following things :
problems in the country. (i) Minting of coins and printing of currency notes.
2. The government is a group of people who looks (ii) Provides education.
after all the needs of the society, it protects the (iii) Make laws for the whole country.
people in case of natural calamities, it protects the
4.
S.No. Statements Local State Central
(i) The decision of the Indian government to maintain peaceful relations with 
Russia.
(ii) The decision of the West Bengal government on whether to have Board 
exam in Class 8 for all government schools.
(iii) Introduction of two new train connections between Jammu and 
Bhubaneswar.
(iv) The decision to locate a common well in a particular area of the village. 
(v) Decision to construct a big children’s park in Patna. 
(vi) The decision of the Haryana government to provide free electricity for all 
farmers.
(vii) Introduction of a new 1000 rupee note. 
5. The government affects our daily lives in the 6. The government makes laws for everyone who
following ways : lives in the country and everyone has to follow
(i) Looks after the health of the people. these laws. This is the only way governments can
(ii) The government also has the job of protecting function. As the government has the power to
the boundaries of the country and maintaining make decisions, simultaneously, it has the power to
peaceful relations with other countries. enforce its decisions.
(iii) If there is a natural disaster like Tsunami or an It is necessary for the government/make rules for
Earthquake, it is the government that mainly everyone in the form of laws because :
organises aid and assistance for the affected (i) Some rules have to be made in order to con-
people. trol the resources and protect the territory of
(iv) It is responsible for ensuring that all its citizens a country, so then people can feel safe and se-
have enough food to eat and have adequate cure.
health facilities. (ii) When human beings live and work together,
(v) If there is a dispute or a crime, the courts pro- some kind of organisation and decisions have
vide justice. So, government manages to do all to be made.
these things.

WORKSHEET-163
Solutions follow this law, he/ she can either be jailed or fined
for a certain amount.
1. There is law that says all persons driving motor
vehicle must have a licence. If any person does not

S OLUT I ONS P-85

 2. In a democracy, it is the people who give the
government this power. They do this through
elections in which they vote for particulars persons
and elect them.
3. People should be involved in decision-making
because :
(i) They are in a better position to decide how to
solve these problems.
(ii) They know about their needs and problems.
4. India is a very big country with a huge population.
We would prefer to have a democratic form of
government in India in which everyone can
participate in the affairs of the government, through
elections. It gives a sense of justice and equality to
the people.
WORKSHEET-164
Solutions
1. (i) Incorrect. Monarchy is a rule of a single person,
who inherits the throne after his father/mother.
(ii) Incorrect. In a democracy, the government is elected
by the people. On the other hand king comes to
power through inheritance and enjoys absolute
powers.
(iii) Incorrect. In a monarchy, the king enjoys absolute
powers and no one can question his authority and
decision.
2. (i) India won independence due to the participa-
tion of all people. The Nationalist Movement
had become a mass movement. So poor and il-
literate should be given the right to vote.
(ii) The poor and the illiterate people had been
neglected for so long under the British rule.
Now after independence, they should be given
equal opportunities to develop and improve
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-165
Solutions
1. (b)
2. The Central Government of India takes decision
about the introduction of a new 1000 rupee note.
3. Mahatma Gandhi was the editor of ‘The Journal of
Young India’.
4. Women Suffrage was the Movement by which
women struggled for their right to vote in national
and local elections.
P-86
5. The two essential features of a democratic
government are :
(i) Democratic form of government has to explain
its actions and decisions to the people.
(ii) The people, in a democracy, give the powers
to the government. They do this through elec-
tions, in which they vote for particular persons
and elect them. Once they are ejected, they
form the government.
6. The word Suffrage means the right to vote. The
women and the poor people in Europe and USA
had to fight to get the right to vote. It was not an
easy struggle. The demand for right to vote got
strengthened during the First World War.
American women got the right to vote in 1920. In
UK, the women got the right to vote in 1928, on the
same terms as men.
their condition.
(iii) Democracy is based on the idea of equality. In
India, majority of the people were poor and il-
literate at the time of independence. If they are
denied the right to vote, that means it will be
a minority rule, ‘hence only a small portion of
the population will be able to vote.
(iv) Since ancient times, the villages in India were
managed by the villagers themselves. The sys-
tem in the villages was never changed. It was
their experience which helped them to rule.
So, the poor and illiterate people can decide
for whom to vote.
(v) At the Karachi session of the Congress in 1931,
it was announced that Fundamental Rights
will be enjoyed by all. It includes the fight to
equality. No discrimination will be made on
any basis.
5. The aim of Indian democracy is to secure justice,
liberty and equality; to promote fraternity among
all; and protect the unity and integrity of the nation.
6. For a successful democracy, the citizens should
be educated and vigilant enough to know about
their duties and rights. They should know how
the government policies affect them. In order to
elect the right representatives of the government,
everybody should get a chance to cast his/her vote
judiciously.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 7. In a unitary form of government, the central
government gives power to the states, provinces or
other lower levels of government. In a federal form
of government, division of powers between the
national and the lower levels of government is laid
down by the Constitution.
8. Laws are a system of rules and guidelines enforced
in a country. They are necessary for smooth
functioning and a orderly life. Laws are important
to ensure equality and fairness in society. To
implement and enforce laws, there are many
institutions such as administration, police and
judiciary.
WORKSHEET-166
Solutions
1. (c)
2. The minimum voting age limit in India is 18 years. at the local level, the people are able to directly
3. In a monarchial form of government, the king/
queen is the head of the government.
4. An authoritarian government is one in which
political authority is concentrated in a small group
of political elites. Mostly, they are unelected and
possess exclusive, unaccountable and arbitrary
powers.
5. The three organs of the government are : Executive,
Legislature and Judiciary. 10.
6. A monarchy has either a king or a queen. A
monarch is not an elected person rather he get
power hereditarily. In some traditional monarchies,
the monarch has the supreme power. However, in a
constitutional monarchy like the UK, the democratic
government limits the monarch’s control.
7. The Parliament of India is the supreme law-making
institution. The word ‘Parliament’ is derived from
the French word ‘Parliament’, meaning ‘to speak’.
Every Parliament consists of Houses, either one or
two. The Indian Parliament consists of two Houses,
namely, the Rajya Sabha and the Lok Sabha.
WORKSHEET-167
Solutions
1. (d)
2. There are 21 High Courts in the country.
3. The other name for the ‘Union government’ of
India is ‘Central’ government’.
4. India has a democratic type of government. (iii) Local level : At the local level, this form of a
5. The President of India is the head of the Executive. government covers a village, town or locality. It
6. The Supreme Court of India is the highest court of
India. The Court comprises of the Chief Justice and
not more than 30 other judges. The Supreme Court
of independent India was established on 26 January
1950, the day when India became a Republic.
S OLUT I ONS
9. The main features of a democratic country are :
(i) People have the power to elect their representa-
tive to form and run the government and also
to take decisions on their behalf.
(ii) The competitive elections are held at regular in-
tervals.
(iii) There is aspiration of powers between the three
organs of the government, i.e., Legislature, Ex-
ecutive and Judiciary.
(iv) People enjoy Freedom of speech and expres-
sion.
(v) Fundamental rights are enjoyed by its citizens.
(vi) There is effective participation of the people in
the decision making process.
8. The division of power between the Central, State
and the Local governments is called decentralisation
of power. The basic idea of decentralisation is that
participate in the decision-making process of the
government.
9. Lok Adalat means people’s court which is set-up for
the establishment of speedy and economical justice
to the poor. It prevents delay in justice. The system
of Lok Adalat is an improvement in the Indian
judicial system and is based upon the principles of
Mahatma Gandhi.
A Democratic Government has the following
elements :
(i) In a democratic government, leaders keep on
changing the parties which leads to instability
of the government.
(ii) The elected leaders do not know about the best
interest of the people. This leads to bad deci-
sions.
(iii) Democracy leads to corruption as it is based on
electoral competition.
(iv) In a democracy, people have to be consulted,
that leads to delay in decision making.
7. The government works at different levels :
(i) National level : Its decision making covers the
entire country.
(ii) State level : It covers an entire state like Hary-
ana or Assam, etc. A state government governs
its own state. It does not interfere with the ad-
ministration of other states. .
is named as Gram Panchayat or Municipality or
Municipal Council.
8. Constitutional Democracy is based on a written
constitution or a supreme law that serves to
guide legislators and the laws they create. Written
P-87
 constitutions provide a guarantee to the citizens
that the government is required to act in a certain
way and uphold certain rights. The Constitution
clearly democrats the powers and functions of the
three organs of the government. For example, the
USA and India.
9. Corruption is the lack of honesty and loyalty and
misuse of one’s position or power for money and
other gains. It is immoral and leads to the misuse of
country’s resources.
WORKSHEET-168
Solutions
1. (a) speech and expression gives citizens the right
2. The Prime Minister is the head of the Government
of India.
3. The government makes laws and everyone who
lives in the country has to follow these.
4. In a democratic country, the government gets
mandate to make decisions and enforce laws from
the people through the process of election.
5. The Panchayati Raj System was introduced in India
in order to strengthen the grassroots of democracy
through democratic decentralisation.
6. People prefer to live in democratic countries rather
than non-democratic ones due to the following
reasons :
(i) Fundamental Rights : Democracies guarantee
freedom of speech and expression, right to as-
sociation, right to equality, etc.
(ii) Sense of Participation : People gain a sense of
participation in the process of choosing their
own representatives of the government.
WORKSHEET-169
Solutions
1. (d)
2. (a) Universal Adult franchise
(b) Monarchy a State. It consists of members chosen by direct
(c) government election based on adult franchise. The number
(d) national level
(e) representative
(f) people
(g) democracy
(h) 1920
(i) five
3. The Chief Justice of the High Court is appointed by
the President of India in consultation with the Chief
Justice of the Supreme Court and the Governor of
the concerned State. The appointment of other
judges is also made in the same manner, except in
P-88
(i) Citizens can fight corruption by not being a par-
ty to it and not offering bribe to government of-
ficials or seeking any undue favour from them.
(ii) Citizens can launch a movement against cor-
ruption by asking all voters to blacklist a party
or candidate who doesn’t work.
(iii) Public campaign against corruption is likely to
keep the ministers on their toes and eradicate
corruption.
(iv) Citizens should expose cases of corruption in
public or private institutions.
(iii) Right to Criticise the Government : Freedom of
to criticise the government for its wrong doings.
7. States are divided into a number of districts. Each
district in India varies in size and population. At
present, there are more than 500 districts in India.
Districts are further sub-divided into Tehsils or
Taluqs. Each district is looked after by a Collector.
The District Collector is the important official
who heads the District Revenue Department and
coordinates with other departments like agriculture,
irrigation, forestry, public works and public health.
8. A direct democracy is a political system in which all
citizens are allowed to influence policies by means
of direct vote, or referendum on any particular
issue. Indirect democracy is a term describing a
means of governance by the people through elected
representatives. Direct democracy functions well in
a small community where the citizens can actively
participate in the working of the government, but
less suited to a big country like India, the USA and
Canada etc.
their case, the Chief Justice of the High Court is also
consulted.
4. The State Legislative Assembly is the popularly
elected body and is the real centre of power in
of members is not more than 500 or less than 60.
There are some special provisions in the States of
Goa, Mizoram and Sikkim. The Assembly of Sikkim
consists of not less than 30 members.
5. The important functions of the government are to
build roads, schools, hospitals, provide postal and
railway services, control the price of commodities,
protect the boundaries of the country, maintain
peaceful relations with other countries, provide
adequate health facilities, help people during
natural disasters and settle the disputes of the
people through courts.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-170
Solutions the candidate of his/her choice. The machine is very
1. (a) (iii) easy to operate.
(b) (v) 4. A democratic government can be understood as a
(c) (iv) representative government where people elect their
(d) (ii) representatives through periodic elections. These
(e) (i) representatives in turn, meet and make decisions
to serve the interests of the entire population. A
2. (a) True
democratic government allows universal adult
(b) True
franchise to its citizens.
(c) False
However, in their earliest forms, governments
(d) True
allowed only men to vote. Poor people and women
(e) False
were exempted from this right. In this context,
3. The Election Commission has started using
Gandhiji, in his journal ‘Young India’, rejected this
electronic voting machines to ensure free and
idea. He held that it is not fair to extend the right
fair elections. Each machine has the names and
to vote only to the wealthy lot. He advocated that
symbols of the candidates in a constituency. In
poor men of good character should also be given
EVM, the voter has to press the button to vote for
the right to vote because poverty is not a crime.
qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-89

CHAPTER
SECTION
KEY ELEMENTS OF THE DEMOCRATIC
B
4 GOVERNMENT
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-171
Solutions
1. Hector and his classmates were being forced to
learn the Afrikaans language in their school. They
were protesting against learning this language as
they wanted to learn their own language.
2. The five ways in which non-whites were
discriminated against were :
(i) Non- whites were not allowed to vote.
(ii) The best land in the country was reserved for
the white people and non-whites had to live on
the worst available land.
(iii) The South African Government practised Apart-
heid Laws, i.e. Separation on the basis of race.
(iv) Hospitals and ambulances were separated for
whites.
(v) The different races were not allowed to mingle
with each other or live near each other or even
to use common facilities.
3. Yes, all people are born equal and they enjoy the right
to live, liberty and property. If a section of the people
are denied these rights, it will create conflicts in the
society. No one has the right to suppress others.
WORKSHEET-172
Solutions
1. In India the elections are held after every five years.
All governments are elected for a fix period. Once
elected, the government can stay in power for
that period only until it has confidence of elected
representatives. If they want to continue to be
in power, they have to be re-elected. This is the
moment, when people think that they have an
important role to play. In this way the powers of
the government gets limited by regular elections.
2. If the government and people who were protesting
had come together and discussed about the
problem, police shooting of Hector could have
avoided.
3. No, the government did not think that all people
are equal. The black people were discriminated
against and denied for all basic human rights.
4. Untouchability means that a section of the people
are denied basic human rights. Untouchability
denies basic rights so untouchability cannot be
equated with democracy.
P-90
4. If Maya lived in South Africa today she would
enjoy equal rights to participate in the affairs of the
government would have equal access to all social
benefits and she would be protected by law. No
injustice would be done to her.
5. The people in a democracy participate in the process
of government in the following ways :
(i) People organise themselves in social groups
that seek to challenge the government and its
functioning.
(ii) Members of unprivileged groups like Dalits,
Adivasis, Women and other participate in this
manner.
(iii) The people elect their leaders by voting in the
elections, who represent them. They take deci-
sions on behalf of the people.
(iv) Newspapers, Magazines, TV also play an im-
portant role in discussing government issues
and responsibilities.
(v) Besides voting, people participate by taking
interest in the working of the government and
criticising it, when required.
5. Conflicts appear when people of different cultures,
religions, regions or economic background, do not
get along with each other or when they feel that
they are being discriminated against. People use
violent means to settle their differences. This leads
to fear and tension among them. The government
is responsible for helping to resolve conflicts in a
peaceful manner.
6. The key ideas of a democratic government are the
following :
(i) Right of the people to vote in the elections.
(ii) Re-election of the government, after a fixed pe-
riod.
(iii) The people can carry out campaigns and rallies.
(iv) Responsible government.
(v) Government resolves disputes and conflicts.
(vi) Justice and equality to all.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-173
Solutions
1. Very often the parents do not send their daughters
to school because they cannot afford to pay the fees
and if the fees is lowered, more people will be able
to send their daughters to school.
2. While travelling in a train, I heard some people
shouting and fighting. I heard that the main cause
of the fight was that some people had occupied the
seats which belonged to other passengers. Those
seats were reserved seats. The people who had
occupied the seats on ‘first come first serve’ motto,
they came earlier and occupied the seats. The other
passengers argued that the reserved seats mean
that the person carrying the reserved ticket will
have the seat. It was the bone of contention.
At this point. I requested them to stop the shouting
and fighting. I convinced the passengers who had
taken the seats about the importance of reserved
tickets. I told them that the person who has a
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-174
Solutions
1. (d)
2. (c)
3. Apartheid was the racial, social policy introduced
by the National Party Government of South Africa
in 1948. The Apartheid policy was designed to
separate Black and White South Africans. It was a
policy to oppress, dominate and control the Blacks.
4. Hector and his classmate were beaten up by the
South African Police and shot at. One of their bullets
killed Hector. This happened on 30th April, 1976.
5. Article 17 of the Indian Constitution states that
untouchability has been abolished and its practice
in any form is forbidden. The enforcement of any
disability arising out of “Untouchability’’ shall be an
offence, punishable in accordance with the law.
6. (i) Right to vote is the bed-rock of a democratic
system. It should be equally available to all.
(ii) Citizens cast their vote at regular intervals.
(iii) The Constitution of India has introduced Uni-
versal Adult Franchise. All the adults above the
age of 18 years, irrespective of their castes, col-
our and or sex are entitled to participate in the
elections.
S OLUT I ONS
reserved ticket has the right to take a seat. The
seat was vacated, when the realisation dawned on
them that motto is not ‘first come first serve’, but to
respect the rights of others.
3. The government makes special provisions for the
under privileged people. The, government takes
steps to provide justice by making special provisions
e.g, the girl child suffers injustice at the hands
of the parents and society. In order to overcome
this injustice, fees of the girls in the schools may
be waived or lowered in government schools or
colleges.
One of the important principles of democracy
is equality and justice. Equality and justice are’
inseparable, they go hand in hand. Our Constitution
provides Fundamental Rights and one of them is
Right to Equally, and according to it, untouchability
is banned by law.
7. (i) Justice is defined on social, economic and politi-
cal bases.
(ii) Social justice implies that all citizens are treated
equally irrespective of their status in the society
as a result of the accident of birth, race, caste,
religion, sex, title, etc.
(iii) However, the state may make provisions for
the advancement of socially and economically
backward classes of citizens.
8. (i) Public opinion contributes a lot to the develop-
ment of social life. It does not allow the govern-
ment to be absolute.
(ii) The views, interests and aspirations of the peo-
ple constitute the core of a democratic system.
(iii) Public opinion ensures democratic communica-
tions.
(iv) The following agencies are helpful in the for-
mation of public opinion press, radio, televi-
sion, cinema, political parties and elections.
(v) Mass media plays a crucial role in reflecting
public opinion.
(vi) Freedom of expression can be exerted by all
classes of people, whether rich or poor through
these agencies.
P-91
 WORKSHEET-175
Solutions
1. (b)
2. (a)
3. The key idea of a democratic government is its
commitment towards equality and justice.
4. The two states which are involved in the Cauvery
Water Dispute are : Karnataka and Tamil Nadu.
5. Dharnas, strikes, taking out rallies and organising
signature campaigns are some of the means
through which people show their disapproval of
government’s policies.
6. (i) Apartheid laws categorised the South African
population into Black, White and Coloured
races.
(ii) The law separated the residential areas of the
Blacks and Whites. Blacks were restricted from
renting property in the areas deemed as White
Zones.
(iii) They were not given any right to take part in
the progresses of the South African Govern-
ment.
7. (i) Election is a tool for selecting representatives in
modern democracies.
WORKSHEET-176
Solutions
1. (c)
2. (b)
3. South Africa became a democratic country in 1994.
The country’s first non-racial election was held on
April 26-28, 1994 which resulted in the victory of
Nelson Mandela as the President on May 10, 1994.
4. A secular state does not promote any one religion
as the state religion. It gives equal treatment to all
religions.
5. In federalism, power is divided between the Central
and the State governments. Both the governments
enjoy their powers independently of one another. rectly by the people.
6. (i) A Republican Government is the one in which
no individual has a hereditary right to hold
public offices.
(ii) It is a system of government in which the peo-
ple hold sovereign power and elect representa-
tives who exercise that power.
(iii) India has an elected head of the State. The Pres-
ident of India holds the office for a term of five
years.
7. (i) Government is the agency or machinery
P-92
(ii) The people choose their representatives
through elections to hold public office.
(iii) In our country, citizens who are above 18 years
of age are entitled to vote. The elected repre-
sentatives are accountable to the people.
8. (i) Our society is divided into many classes, castes,
religions and languages. The Constitution plac-
es special importance to fraternity which means
the spirit of brotherhood.
(ii) It is the principle that gives unity and solidarity
to social life. It is a difficult thing to achieve.
9. (i) There are three different levels of courts in In-
dia. There are several courts at the lower level
and only one court at the apex level.
(ii) The courts that most people interact with called
as District Courts. These are at the district or
Tehsil or towns and they hear all kinds of cases.
(iii) Every State has a High Court which is the high-
est court of appeal of that State.
(iv) At the top is the Supreme Court which is pre-
sided over by the Chief Justice of India.
(v) The decisions made by the Supreme Court are
binding on all the other courts in India.
through which the will of the State is formu-
lated and realised.
(ii) It has the authority of making laws and enforc-
ing and regulating these laws. It is the instru-
ment of the State.
(iii) In a democracy, the representatives (who forms
the government) are elected by the people
through voting in elections.
(iv) Representatives take decisions on behalf of the
people.
(v) All governments are elected for a fixed period,
that is for five years.
8. (i) The members of the Lok Sabha are elected di-
(ii) Territorial areas called Parliamentary Constitu-
encies are set up in each State and Union terri-
tory for the purpose of elections.
(iii) Seats are allotted to various States on the basis
of their respective population.
(iv) Any number of candidates may contest an elec-
tion from the same constituency.
(v) The candidate who secures majority of vote is
declared elected to the Lok Sabha.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-177
Solutions
1. (a)
2. ‘Representative Democracy’ is a form of
government in which people indirectly participate
in the decision-making process of the government. (iv) People are empowered to raise their voice on
3. Apartheid laws were prevalent in South Africa.
People were divided into Whites, Blacks, Indians
and coloured races and they were strictly prohibited
to mingle with each other.
4. In a dictatorial form of government, all the powers
of the government are concentrated in the hands of
a powerful person or a political party.
5. The three ways in which non-whites were
discriminated are :
(i) Non-whites were prohibited from running
businesses or professional practices in the white
areas without permits.
(ii) Non-whites had separate amenities like beach-
es, buses, schools, benches, drinking fountains,
restrooms etc.
(iii) Non-whites received inferior education, medi-
cal care and other public services.
6. (i) India is a democratic country, where all the
people have right to speak about the affairs of
the government.
(ii) An attempt has been made in the Indian Con-
stitution to incorporate the interests of all the
religions.
(iii) Special provisions had been made for the inter-
ests of the minorities.
any issue with which they are not satisfied.
7. (i) The objectives of the country as mentioned in
the Preamble of the Constitution of India are
Justice, Equality, Fraternity and Liberty.
(ii) In the Constitution of India, justice means jus-
tice for all.
(iii) Social justice means justice for the whole soci-
ety and no discrimination on the basis of caste
or colour.
(iv) Economic justice implies equal distribution of
wealth and political justice means equal partic-
ipation of every individual in the government.
(v) Liberty : Indian citizens are given freedom of
thought, expression, belief, faith and worship.
(vi) Equality : Liberty without equality is meaning-
less. Every citizen of India is treated equally be-
fore the law and is ensured equal protection.
(vii) Fraternity : It means brotherhood among the
people of India.

WORKSHEET-178
Solutions (p) a fixed period
1. (a) express (q) five years
(b) government issues, responsibilities (r) decision
(c) Religious, celebrations 2. The African National Congress has been the ruling
(d) third party of post Apartheid South Africa. It had its origin
(e) water, Mettur dam from the South African Native National Congress.
(f) Tamil Nadu, Karnataka The party was formed to increase the rights of the
(g) government, equality, justice Black South African population.
3. (i) The President appoints the Attorney-General of
(h) inseparable
India, the Judges of the Supreme Court and of
(i) untouchability the High Courts, the Governors, Ambassadors
(j) South African, Johannesburg and other diplomatic representatives of India.
(k) separation (ii) He has the power to sign all the international
treaties and agreements. He represents India in
(l) white, black coloured
international conferences.
(m) Non whites (iii) A Money Bill cannot be introduced in the Par-
(n) white liament without the approval of the President.
(iv) He has the power to reduce the punishment
(o) Hector Ndlovu, Afrikanas
that a person receives.

WORKSHEET-179
Solutions (c) (i)
(d) (v)
1. (a) (ii) (e) (iii).
(b) (iv)

S OLUT I ONS P-93

 2. The two Houses of the Indian Parliament are the
Rajya Sabha and Lok Sabha.
3. Nelson Rolihlahla Mandela was the leading
member of the African National Congress which
(ANC) opposed South Africa’s White minority
government and its policy of racial segregation
known as Apartheid.
4. (i) In a democratic government either people rule
themselves or they are ruled by their elected
representatives. The real power is in the hands
of the people.
(ii) But in a dictatorial form of government, all the
governmental powers are vested in the hand
of one person or political party. People are not
given permission to take part in the working
process and decision making of the govern-
ment.
5. (i) In a developing country, it is a very important
function of the government to maintain law
and order.
(ii) It should make such laws which regulate the
relations among the people.
(iii) A country cannot make progress if the people
are prey to internal disturbances.
WORKSHEET-180
Solutions
1. (a) True 4. (i) The Prime Minster controls the Cabinet and the
(b) False
(c) False the works of different departments.
(d) True
(e) False
2. (i) The President of India is elected by the mem-
bers of an ‘Electoral Collage’ consisting of the
elected members of the Rajya Sabha and Lok
Sabha and by the elected members of the Legis-
lative Assemblies of the States.
(ii) Election is conducted through secret ballot.
(iii) Four Presidents of India are: Dr. Rajendra Pras-
ad, Dr. S. Radhakrishnan, Dr. Zakir Hussain
and Dr. Shankar Dayal Sharma.
3. (i) Parliament is the final authority for making
laws. It also controls all the money that the gov-
ernment has been allocated.
(ii) It is the highest forum of discussion and debate
on public issues and national policies.
(iii) The Indian Parliament consists of the President
and the two Houses of the Parliament known
P-94
(iv) The government must protect the life and prop-
erty of the people. It is one of the primary du-
ties of the government.
(v) It should also maintain a healthy relationship
with other countries.
6. (i) People’s participation can be understood as the
participation of people in governance through
elections and other means such as rallies, pro-
cessions, signature campaigns, etc.
(ii) People participate by taking an interest in the
working of the government and criticising it as
and when required.
(iii) By participating, people express their opinions
and public opinion thus created is very essen-
tial in a democracy.’
(iv) Conflicts arise when the interest of the people of
different cultures, religions, regions or economic
background contradict. For example, a river can
be a source of conflict, like the Cauvery River
Dispute between Karnataka and Tamil Nadu.
as the Council of State (Rajya Sabha) and House
of the People (Lok Sabha)
Parliament through the party. He coordinates
(ii) He supervises the different ministries.
(iii) The Prime minster distributes and redistributes
work to the ministers.
(iv) He also has the power to dismiss the ministers
and is responsible for advising the President in
distribution of work of the government to vari-
ous departments.
5. (i) In a democratic country, people elect their rul-
ers through elections. It is through election
that various governmental structures are estab-
lished and made functional.
(ii) People exercise control over their representa-
tives. Election gives leaders an opportunity
to meet all kinds of people and educate them
about the political, economic and social prob-
lems the country is facing.
(iii) A government based on the consent of the citi-
zens is more secured than one in which people
have no participation.
qqq
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION
B
5 PANCHAYATI RAJ
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-181
Solutions
1. The Gram Sabha is a meeting of all adults, above
18 years of age, who live in a area covered by the
Panchayat. This could be a village or a few villages.
Anyone who is 18 years old or more and has the
right to vote can be the member of the Gram Sabha.
2. The problems discussed in the meeting of the Gram
Sabha are :
(i) Water and water shortages.
(ii) Plan to repair the road that connects the village
to the main highway. Various solutions are of-
fered in the meeting-of Gram Sabha.
These are :
(a) To deepen the handpumps and clean the wells
for a season.
(b) Piping water from Suru and meeting an over-
head tank in the village to increase the water
supply.
(c) Construction of check dams and tanks.
(d) Watershed development, which is a technique
of recharging and refilling water.
3. The main problem which the people of the Hardas
village faced was shortage of water. The water
problem in Hardas had become very acute. The
WORKSHEET-182
Solutions
1. In the incident given in the book: Bhagwan
Mahadev Lad wanted that water from the water
tanker should be emptied into storage tank, so that
everyone could use it. But some people said that
water was meant for upper castes only. When he
protested, he was severely beaten and had to be
hospitalised. This was the main reason why people
kept quiet. This type of things happen because
some people are in a better position. They have
money power as well as muscle power and many
people do not want to enter into conflict with such
kind of people.
2. Soorajmal kept quiet even though Saroj asked him
to speak because they were afraid of Amirchand.
He was a big landowner and still had control over a
lot of land.
3. The Gram Sabha is a meeting of all people (adults)
S OLUT I ONS
hand pump water was below the point to which the
ground was drilled. There was no water in the taps.
Women had to go to the Suru river to get water,
which was about 3 km way.
They discussed the problem of water shortage and
people gave many suggestions. One of the members
suggested piping water from the Suru and making
and overhead tank. It was an expensive suggestion.
The others felt it was better to deepen the
handpumps and clean the wells. This suggestion
was rejected, as it would work temporarily. The
third suggestion was watershed development.
The fourth suggestion was to plant trees, construct
check dams and tanks. The Panchayat was asked to
find out about it in detail.
4. Gram Sabha is important because :
(i) The Gram Sabha discusses the problems which
are faced by the villagers.
(ii) The Gram Sabha is a key factor in making the
Gram Panchayat play its role and be responsi-
ble.
The members should attend the meeting of the
Gram Sabha, where they can discuss their problem
and villagers can give their suggestions.
who live in the area covered by the Panchayat.
Anyone who is 18 years old or more and has a right
to vote is a member of the Gram Sabha.
Every village is divided into wards, i.e., smaller
areas. Each ward elects a representative who
is known as the ward member (Panch). All the
members of the Gram Sabha also elect the Sarpanch.
The ward Panchs and the Sarpanch form the Gram
Panchayat. It is elected for 5 years.
4. Panchayat took up the task of planting new trees
in the village. The project was taken up, because
people in the past indulged in indiscriminate
cutting of trees, as a result of which the green cover
in the village was considerably reduced. The money
was provided by the :
(i) Government scheme funds received through
various departments of the government like
Janpad or Zila Panchayats.
P-95
 (ii) State government, collection of taxes on houses,
market place, etc.
(iii) Donations for community works.
WORKSHEET-183
Solutions
1. The problem was that :
(i) Birju’s name was also included in the BPL list
although he had so much land.
(ii) Natwar who had just bought a colour TV. and
his son had sent him a new motorcycle, had
been included in the BPL list.
On the other hand Om Prakash, who was a landless
labourer and who could barely make both ends
meet was not included in the BPL list. The other
3. Difference between a Gram Sabha and a Gram Panchayat are given below :
A Gram Sabha
Gram Sabha in a village is like a mini legislature. All Gram Sabha elects the Gram Panchayat, the executive,
adults inhabitants, above the age of ’18 years age may which actually looks after the administration of the
be its members.
4. Nimone is a village on the Chauphula-Shuvir Road.
Like many others, village has also been facing a
severe water shortage for the last few months and
villagers depend on tankers for all their needs.
Bhagvan Mahadeo Lad (35) of this village was
beaten with sticks, iron rods and axes by a group of
seven men. The incident came to light when some
villagers brought a badly injured Lad to hospital
for treatment. In the FIR recorded by the police,
Lad said that he was attacked when he insisted
that the water in the tanker must be emptied into
the storage tanks constructed as part of the water
supply scheme by Nimone Gram Panchayat so
that there would be equal distribution of water.
However, he alleged that the upper caste men were
WORKSHEET-184
Solutions
1. It was decided by the Hardas Gram Panchayat to
deepen two hand pumps and clean one well, so
that the village would not go without water. The
members then discussed the long-term options.
The members wanted to know if watershed
programme would make substantial difference to
the water level. It was finally decided that the Gram
Panchayat would approach the block development
officer and get more information about the scheme.
2. The Gram Sabha and Gram Panchayat worked for
the welfare of the people of the village. They had to
look after the needs of the villagers and hear their
problems. They also have to offer solutions to their
problems.
The Hardas Gram Sabha offered both short-term
and long-term decisions regarding water shortage
P-96
The work was completed. The planting of new trees
is a continuous process and the people promised to
plant new trees on all national holidays in future.
villagers wanted his name to be included in the list.
2. The Gram Sabha prevents the Panchayat from doing
wrong things like misusing money or favouring
certain people. It plays an important role in keeping
an eye on the elected representatives and making
them responsible to persons who elected them.
The Gram Sabha is the main factor in making the
Gram Panchayat play its role and be responsible. It
is the place where all plans for the Gram Panchayat
are placed before the people.
A Gram Panchayat
village.
against this and told him that the tanker water was
not meant for the lower castes.
[Adapted from Indian Express, May 1, 2004]
(i) Bhagvan was beaten because he wanted that the
water brought by the tankers should be available to
all the villagers. But the upper caste men wanted
the water for their use only. Bhagvan had insisted
that water in the tanker must be emptied into the
storage tanks, constructed as part of the water
supply scheme by Nimone Gram Panchayat.
(ii) Yes, the above case was the case of discrimination
because upper caste people wanted the tanker
water for themselves only and said the water was
not meant for the lower castes. It violates the right
to equality given by the Constitution.
in the village. They had discussed the problem and
offered how to solve the problem, to the villagers.
Otherwise the members of the Gram Sabha would
have questioned the Gram Panchayat.
3. In the next Gram Sabha meeting, the members
would certainly question and ask explanations
about the watershed programme and know the
views of the Block Development Officer.
4. The watershed is a holistic approach. It includes
programmes for soil and moisture conservation,
water harvesting, afforestation, horticulture,
pasture development and up gradation of land
resources. These plans look at the local needs of
the people. It seeks participation of the people.
Watershed is the basin of a tributary. It may or may
not have a small stream, but whenever it rains, the
water flows through it finally to join some streams.
The watershed is thus a Physiographic unit and can
be conveniently used for small areas.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI

OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-185
Solutions
1. (c)
2. Gram Sabha finalises and approves the list of the
people below poverty line in rural areas.
3. The main objective of Village Panchayat is to
improve the conditions of the villagers and to make
them self-sufficient.
4. The Panchs of different Gram Panchayats are
awarded with the Nirmal Gram Puraskar by the
Central Government for their excellent work every
year.
5. Panchayat Samiti is organised at block level. It
consists of the heads of Gram Panchayats falling
within its jurisdiction. The head of the Panchayat
Samiti is known as Block Pramukh or Pradhan.
6. (i) The Gram Sabha is the key factor in making the
Gram Panchayat a responsible local body.
(ii) It prevents the Village Panchayat from doing
wrong things like misusing money.
(iii) It plays an important role in keeping an eye on
the elected members.
7. (i) Local government develops the feeling of self
reliance among the local people.
WORKSHEET-186
Solutions
1. (a)
2. The Panchs of the Gram Panchayat are answerable
to the Gram Sabha because its members are elected
by the Gram Sabha.
3. The three organs of Village Panchayat are Gram
Sabha, Gram Panchayat and Nyaya Panchayat.
4. There are three levels or tiers involved in Panchayati
Raj System which are the Village Panchayat,
Panchayat Samiti and Zila Parishad.
5. Panchayati Raj System helps in strengthening
the democracy at the grass-root level. It has twin
objectives :
Democratic, decentralisation and local participation.
6. (i) The main function of the Zila Parishad is to co-
ordinate all the activities of the Panchayati Raj.
(ii) It gives advice to the State Government on the
work of the Panchayats and the Samitis.
(iii) It prepares plans for its district’s development. ernment to the Panchayat Samitis in the dis-
7. The main sources of income of the Village
Panchayats are the collection of taxes on houses,
market places, etc, as well as government scheme
funds received through various departments of
S OLUT I ONS
(ii) It develops initiative and spirit of cooperation.
It trains local people in running the Central and
the State administration.
(iii) It finishes the local work with speed and with
minimum expenditure.
8. (i) The District Commissioner is also called the
Collector or District Officer. He is the repre-
sentative of the State Government.
(ii) He looks after the district administration.
(iii) It is his duty to coordinate the work of the gov-
ernment officers of the district.
9. Sarpanch has various responsibilities, Some of them
are as follows :
(i) Looking after street lights, construction and re-
pair work of the roads in the villages and also,
village markets, fairs, festivals and celebrations.
(ii) Keeping a record of births, deaths and marriag-
es in the village.
(iii) Looking after public health and hygiene by
providing facilities for sanitation and drinking
water.
(iv) Providing education, implementing develo-
pment schemes for agriculture and animal hus-
bandry.
the government through the Janpad and Zila
Panchayats, donations for community works etc. 
8. The main functions of the Village Panchayat
are construction and repairing of village roads,
arrangement of street lightening, maintenance of
public wells, tanks and supply of drinking water,
cleaning of streets and sanitation. Other works
include maintenance of public places, collection of
rents, etc.
9. (i) Zila Parishad or District Panchayat is the apex
body of the Panchayati Raj System.
(ii) It examines and approves the budget of Pan-
chayat Samitis in the district.
(iii) It issues directions to the Panchayat Samitis for
efficient performance of their functions and Co-
ordinates development plans prepared by the
Panchayat Samitis.
(iv) It distributes funds allocated by the State gov-
trict.
(v) It collects statistics related to the activities of the
local authorities in the district.
P-97
 WORKSHEET-187
Solutions
1. (b)
2. The literal meaning of ‘Panchayat’ is a committee of
five persons. 8. In 1992, the Parliament amended the Constitution
3. A Block Samiti is an organisation of Panchayati Raj
that works at the block level.
4. Panchayat Secretary is appointed by the
government. He looks after the routine business of
the Panchayat.
5. The Block Development Officer has the greatest
importance in community development.
6. (i) The meetings of Gram Sabha begins with the
Panchayat President. The members of the Gram
Panchayat present a plan on repairing the roads
that connect the village to the main highway.
(ii) They also discuss about water conservation and
water shortages.
(iii) Finally, they discuss about the finalisation of
the BPL list, which has to be approved by the
Gram Sabha.
7. The first Below Poverty Line list was passed in the
Rajya Sabha on December, 21st 1978 by the Prime
Minister. BPL was based on the rupee value of
WORKSHEET-188
Solutions
1. (c)
2. Village Panchayats have been organised in the
villages for providing civil amenities for public
welfare.
3. The District Commissioner (DC) or District
Magistrate (DM) or District Collector is the head of
the revenue administration of an Indian district.
4. The members of the Village Panchayat are elected
by the people of the concerned village. The village
with a population of at least 500 people has a Gram
Panchayat.
5. The Sarpanch is the head of the Gram Panchayat. cated and so, they are not able to act very wise-
6. Every Panchayat Samiti elects two of its members as
the Chairman and Vice-Chairman. Their tenure of
office is for five years. They can be removed by the
Panchayat Samiti members by passing a resolution
supported by 2/3rd majority. Seats for the post of
Chairman are reserved for the Scheduled Castes
and Scheduled Tribes. They make development
plans for Gram Panchayat and they also regulate the
money distribution among all the Gram Panchayat.
P-98
a specified nutritional requirement. The cost of
the grain that fulfils this nutritional standard was
calculated. This cost was the poverty line.
and formulated rules for the Panchayati Raj System.
The States and the centre had to follow these rules
from April, 1993 onwards. The rules are listed
below :
(i) It should be a three-tier system at village level,
the intermediate or block level and the district
level.
(ii) Direct elections should be conducted for all the
seats in the Panchayats.
(iii) The state should ensure representation of the
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in pro-
portion to their population in the area. Mini-
mum of one-third of the total number of seats
is to be reserved for women.
(iv) A member of Panchayat should not be less than
21 years of age.
(v) The State Election Commission should hold
regular Panchayat elections.
7. (i) The Nyaya Panchayat has the power to settle
only minor and criminal cases such as thefts,
gambling, simple injury, etc.
(ii) It can impose a fine of up to one hundred ru-
pees.
(iii) It cannot send any person to jail. It also resolves
disputes relating to custody and maintenance
of children and dependants.
(iv) The cases tried by the Nyaya Panchayat are de-
cided quickly in an inexpensive manner.
8. (i) Generally, the Panch and Sarpanch are unedu-
ly. The Panchs are often elected on the basis of
groupism in villages so, they cannot act impar-
tially.
(ii) Most of the villagers are illiterate and they do
not understand the importance of their votes.
(iii) The sources of income of the village bodies un-
der the Panchayati Raj are not adequate. Such
causes have led towards the failed use of the
Panchayat Raj system.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-189
Solutions (g) representative, ward member
1. (d) (h) five years
2. (a) Gram Panchayat (i) Gram Sabha
(b) Gram Panchayats (j) Gram Sabha, misusing money
(c) Zila Parishad 3. (a) (iii)
(d) Panchayat Samitis (b) (iv)
(e) adults, Panchayat (c) (i)
(f) Panchayat President (d) (v)
(e) (ii).

WORKSHEET-190
Solutions
1. (a) True 5. (i) A Local Government is very important. The aim
(b) False
(c) False
(d) False
(e) True
2. The elected members of the Gram Panchayat elect
from among themselves a Sarpanch and a Deputy
Sarpanch for a term of five years.
3. The main sources of income of the Gram Panchayats
are the property taxes levied on the buildings and
open spaces within the villages. Other sources
of income include professional tax, taxes on
pilgrimage, animal trade, etc.
4. Two Village Panchs from Maharashtra were
awarded the ‘Nirmal Gram Purushkar’ in 2005 for
the excellent work done by them in the Panchayat.
of the local bodies is to solve the local problems
by cooperation and without depending upon
others.
(ii) Only the local people know their problems and
for meeting their needs, it is the local govern-
ment it takes interest.
(iii) It also finishes the work with speed and with
least expenditure.
(iv) The local government also lightens the work of
the Central and State Governments.
(v) It also provides training of administration to the
people at lower levels.
qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-99

CHAPTER
SECTION
B
6 RURAL ADMINISTRATION
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-191
Solutions
1. If there is a theft in our house we will go and
register the case in that respective Police Station
which comes in the area of work.
2. Mohan and Raghu had adjacent plots of land,
which were separated by a small boundary. One
morning Mohan noticed that Raghu had shifted the
boundary wall by a few feet and he had managed to
take over some of Mohan’s land, and increased the
size of his own land.
3. Raghu was an owner of several plots of land in
the village and his uncle was also a Sarpanch of
the village. These were the reasons due to which
Mohan hesitated to pick up a quarrel with Raghu.
4. Some of the villagers were doubtful, if this was a
good idea to report the matter to the Police. They
felt they would waste lots of money and nothing
would come out of it. They also said that Raghu’s
family would have already influence the Police
WORKSHEET-192
Solutions
1. The scene is the Police Station and Mohan enters
the Police Station and goes to the person in charge
(S.H.O.).
Mohan : I have a case to register. (He makes a
request; His clothes were torn and had blood
marks.)
S.H.O. : (The behaviour was very rude.) I cannot
waste my time on petty matters and registering
minor complaints.
Mohan : It may be a petty case for you. For me it is
the question of my land which has been taken by
my neighbour Raghu. He shifted the boundary wall
by a few feet.
I have Patwari records as a proof.
S.H.O. : I do not believe in this story and Patwari
records.
Mohan : ( puzzled.) He called his neighbours into
the office. .
S.H.O. : Who are they ? Why have they come ?
Mohan : (showed his injuries).
P-100
Station. After much discussion, it was decided that
Mohan would go the police station along with some
of the neighbours who were witness to the incident.
5. These are the main work of the police :
(i) The police has to investigate and take action on
the cases registered within its area.
(ii) It is the responsibility of the police to register all
cases of theft, accident, injury, fight etc.
(iii) To maintain law and order in its area.
6. (i) The Patwari usually has ways of measuring ag-
ricultural fields. The main work of the Patwari
is to measure land and keep land records. The
Patwari maintains and updates the records of
the village.
(ii) Patwari is responsible for organising the collec-
tion of land revenue from the farmers and pro-
viding information to the government about
the crops grown in his area. This is done from
the records that are kept and that is why it is
important for the Patwari to update the records
regularly.
Neighbours : (They spoke in chorus.) We have been
the witness, when Mohan was mercilessly beaten
by Raghu’s men. We have provided him first aid.
If we had not intervened, Mohan’s life would have
been in danger They insisted that the case should
be registered.
S.H.O. : (Reluctantly Agreed to register the case
and promised to send a constable who would
investigate the case.
Talk about Mohan’s role.
I was very angry and frightened when I went to
Raghu’s house. Raghu was a big landowner and
an influential person. When I made a complaint
to Raghu. I was mercilessly beaten. We went to
the police station, but, the S.H.O. refuse to register
the case. Why ? I don’t know. Has Raghu already
informed him ? We, who are poor will get no justice.
I was relieved when my neighbours intervened and
the case was registered.
S.H.O. : I was filled with pity when I saw the
condition of Mohan. I wanted to help him but I was
threatened not to register the case. Reluctantly. I
had to register it. I was greatly relieved that I had
done a good deed.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 Neighbours : They had collectively supported
Mohan and promised to be the witness in the case.
It was through their collective efforts that the case
was registered.
2. Yes, the S.H.O. could have handed the situation
differently. Instead of rebuking Mohan, the S.H.O.
could have given a patient hearing. He should have
called the neighbours separately to know what had
happened. His behaviour should not have been
very rude.

WORKSHEET-193
Solutions
1. Measuring land and keeping land records is the
main work of the Patwari. The Patwari is known by
different names in different states. In some villages,
such an officer is called Lekhpal, in others, he is
called Kanungo or Karamchari or village officer etc.
We refer to this officer as Patwari in our state. Each
Patwari is responsible for a group of villages. The
Patwari maintains and updates the records of the
village.
2. (i) The Patwari maintains land records of several
villages.
(ii) Patwari is a person who keeps all land records and
is responsible for the collection of land revenue. So,
if a person wants to buy or sell land, he can refer to
the records maintained by the Patwari. The farmers
may change the crop grown in the field or construct
a well in the field. All these changes are reflected in
the record of the Patwari.
3. Raghu Ram owns the land South of Mohan’s field.
4. The Tehsildars are the revenue officers working
under the District Collector. The work of the
Tehsildar is :
(i) To issue caste certificates to students.
(ii) To supervise the work of the Patwari and en-
sure that records are properly kept and land
revenue is collected.
(iii) To hear disputes regarding land.
(iv) To make sure that farmers can easily obtain a
copy of their records.
5. The issue raised in the poem is that the wife and the
daughter should also have a share in the property
of their husband and father.
Yes, this is an important issue because after all who
is going to look after the financial needs of the wife,
after the death of her husband.
The daughter has equal right to get a share in
the property of her father. There should be no
discrimination between boy and girl child.

WORKSHEET-194
Solutions Government and can only be used by the Madhya
Pradesh government.
1. The field No. 3 belongs to Madhya Pradesh
2.
No. Area in Name of owner, If it is rented Area cultivated this year Area not Facilities
hectare Father or to some other Crop Area Second cultivated
husbands’s name, farmer, their grown crop fallow
address name and rent grown land
received
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 0.75 Mohan, Son of No Soyabean 0.75
Raja Ram, Village Hectare
Amrapura owner
2 3.00 Raghu Ram, Son No Soyabean, 2.75 1.75 0.25 Well-I
of Ratan Lal, Wheat, Hectare working
Village Amrapura Irrigated
owner
3 6.00 Madhya Pradesh No Well-I
Government working
Grassland Grazing

S OLUT I ONS P-101

There are common boundary.
3. Field No. 2 : The field belongs to Raghu Ram, son
of Ratan Lal village Amranpura. He is the owner of
the land. The land is not rented, it is used by the
owner himself. The area of the land is 2.75 hectares.
the second crop is grown in an area of 1.75 hectares,
area not cultivated but left hollow is 0.25 hectares.
WORKSHEET-195
Solutions
1. (i) With the help of records the farmer will be able
2. The Patwari keeps records of ownership of land,
to find the owner of the land, size of land and to
find out whether it is rented out or not.
(ii) The farmer will not need the records. When he sells
his produce, it will be a cash transaction or on a loan
for a few days.
3. (i) The Police has a S.H.O., who comes into action
(iii) When a person takes a loan from the bank, he/she
has to mortgage his/her property with the bank, as
a security. For this, he/she has to show the records
of his/her ownership and the size of the plot of land.
(iv) If the farmer wants to buy fertilizers for his land, it
will be a cash transaction or it will give on loan, for
a few days so records are not needed.
(v) When the farmer wants to divide his property
among his/her children, he/she will give a copy of
record to each child. The children will have to get
P-102
There is a well in the field, which is in a working
condition.
Field No. 3 : This plot of land belongs to the Madhya
Pradesh government. The area of plot is 6 hectares.
It is a grassland. The land is not rented out. The land
is used for grazing. Well is in working condition.
their property registered and the record will be the
proof of inheritance.
location, size and other things. He also has to
keep a copy in the office of the Panchayat for
easy accessibility and no one can tamper with the
records.
immediately, after the crime has been reported.
(ii) The police keeps a record of all suspected crimi-
nals along with their photographs.
(iii) During festivals and public meetings, Police
booths are opened at the place of action and
immediate action is taken.
(iv) In order to maintain law and order, the Police
goes on regular rounds, both during the day-
time and at night.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-196
Solutions
1.
S. Public service What did you Area covered What do they Problems Problems Improve­
No. notice about need to do in faced by faced by the ments that
their work? order to use those people can be made
the facility ? managing the
services
1. Fair price The shop The shop You need a There is Rice is of bad Improved
shop (Ration was open covers two ration card. not enough quality. We quality of
shop) and three villages. This has to supply of never get rice. Make
people came be made and kerosene. kerosene. kerosene
out carrying collected available.
yellow cards. from the The fair
They bought Tehsil Office. price shop
sugar and should open
rice. Kerosine everyday.
was not
available.
2. Health centre Long queues Two villages The patient (1) The The The rules
of the card which patients medicines should
patients. Few has informat­ cannot were not be strictly
Doctors are ions regard­ describe their available adhered to
available. ing the con­dition there and a the staff.
disease, the properly. few doctors
medicine (2) The are on duty.
prescription patients do They come
and duration not take late and
for which medicines. leave early.
medicines has
to be taken.
3. Milk society The A single Carry money The milkvan People to The milk van
people are village and a bag to which stand in long owner who
distributing carry milk brings milk queues. brings the
milk in the bags. has erratic milk should
morning timings. be warned
and in the about the
evening. timings.
2. The Deputy Commissioner or S.S.P. is incharge of the assurance that if women ever have a problem
all the Police Stations in a district. He is normally an they can always role upon their share of the land.
officer from Indian Police Service. 4. In my neighbourhood, Ralha is a woman who
3. The new law is the Hindu Succession Amendment has purchased a property from her own earnings.
Act, 2005. According to the new law, sons, Another is Rajani, who is the eldest daughter of an
daughters and their mothers can get an equal share industrialist. After her father’s death, property was
in the land. The same law will apply to all states divided equally among his wife, his two sons and
and union territories of the country. This law will Rajani. Thus, she inherited 1/4th property of her
benefit a large number of people. They can live with deceased father.

S OLUT I ONS P-103


OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-197
Solutions
1. (c)
2. (a)
3. The incharge of a police station is the Station House
Officer or S.H.O.
4. Patwari’s main work is to measure land and
maintain land records in villages. pects of law and order.
5. Khasra record consists of a plot wise description of
ownership, area, classification, share of ownership
and the status there of. It identifies which plot of
land is owned by whom.
6. Courage, confidence, sympathy towards the victims
of crime and weaker sections, capacity to withstand
extended working hours, stress management,
respect for law and cool temperament are some of
the attitudes needed by the police officers to carry
out their jobs effectively.
7. (i) The District Collector is the principal Revenue
Officer and Head of the Revenue Administra-
tion in a district.
(ii) He exercises appellate jurisdiction in revenue
cases.
(iii) The recovery of arrears of land revenue in re-
spect of all Departments is the responsibility of
the District Collector.
WORKSHEET-198
Solutions
1. (b)
2. (a)
3. The duties of the police towards women and poor
people is to behave courteously towards them and
prevent the harassment of the poor and weaker
sections of the society. They should look into
their grievances and help them to overcome their
problems.
4. The Public Distribution System (PDS) consists of
ration shops which guarantee the distribution of
essential items such as selected cereals, sugar and
kerosene at subsidised prices to the holders of
ration cards.
5. Yes, farmers can acquire a copy of their land’s
records together with the maps of their land.
They have a right to this information. They can
get the information from the District Office or the
Panchayat Office. They may have to pay a small fee
for this.
P-104
8. The main functions of the District Collector are as
following :
(i) He/she is in charge of maintaining law and ad-
ministration of the district.
(ii) He/she performs the supervisory role over the
Police Administration.
(iii) He/she advises the Government on various as-
(iv) He/she is the pivotal figure in carrying out de-
velopmental programmes.
9. The Minimum Needs Programme was introduced
in the first year of the Fifth Five Year Plan. The
objective of the Programme was to set up a network
of basic services and facilities of social consumption
in all areas as per nationally accepted norms within
a particular time-frame. The programme is intended
to assist in raising living standards and in reducing
the regional disparities in development. The basic
needs of the people accredited for this programme
are elementary education, adult education, rural
health, rural roads, rural electrification, rural
housing, environmental improvement of urban
slums and nutrition.
6. In today’s world, technology such as computers,
mapping software and GIS (Geographic Information
System) software has done wonders to the Land
Records Department. The data is easily available to
the people and is regularly updated.
7. (i) Tehsildars hear disputes of various kinds, in-
cluding land disputes.
(ii) They also supervise the work of the Patwaris
and ensure that records are properly kept and
land revenue is collected on time.
(iii) They make sure that the farmers can easily get
a copy of their land records, students can obtain
their caste certificates and the people can get in-
come certificates, etc.
8. (i) The 2005 Act rectifies various gender inequali-
ties persisting on several fronts such as agri-
cultural land Mitakshara joint family property,
parental dwelling house and certain right of
widow’s.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 (ii) According to the new law, sons, daughters and
their mothers can get equal shares in the land.
(iii) This law has benefitted a large number of wom-
en in achieving their property rights. about the crops grown in the area.
9. (i) The Patwari is responsible for measuring lands
and keeping land records in villages.
WORKSHEET-199
Solutions
1. (c)
2. Khasra number is the number used for land which
is owned by an individual villager or a village
community.
3. ‘Chowkidar’ in a village keeps birth and death
records and also works as a messenger between
people and the Gram Panchayat or any government
agency related to the welfare of the village.
4. The work of the police is to maintain law and
order in their areas to stop crime and to punish the
criminals. police :
5. The public services that are available in the villages
of India are the milk society, the fair price shop, the
bank, the police station, the agricultural society for
seeds and fertilizers, and the post office, etc.
6. There are numerous problems which are faced
by Rural Police Stations like:- lack of proper
infrastructure, absence of essential minimum needs
and facilities for the staff, lack of proper equipments,
insufficient residential accommodation of the staff,
absence of quicker modes of transportation and
communication and lesser salaries.
WORKSHEET-200
Solutions
1. (a) Tehsils 4. According to this law, women in India can get a
(b) Public Works Department
(c) Patwari
(d) Station House Officer
(e) District Collector
(f) Districts
(g) Tehsildar
2. (a) (iii)
(b) (iv)
(c) (i)
(d) (v)
(e) (ii)
3. (a) True the duty of the police of that station to enquire, to
(b) False
(c) True area.
S OLUT I ONS
(ii) The Patwari is responsible for organising the
collection of land revenues from the farmers
and providing information to the government
(iii) The Patwari is the kingpin of the land record
system in the villages.
7. There are several reasons for which land records are
compulsory. Suppose a farmer wants to buy a plot
or field, then he needs to authenticate it, which can
be done through the land records. If a farmer wants
a loan from the bank to dig a well in his land, he has
to show the land records as a proof that the land
belongs to him. Moreover, these records are also
essential for buying and selling of their properties.
Apart from that, if the farmer wants to divide his
property among his children then land records are
essential.
8. The following are some of the responsibilities of the
(i) Maintaining the dignity of the individual by
safeguarding his/her Fundamental Rights.
(ii) Implement the law impartially.
(iii) Investigating crimes and arrest offenders.
(iv) Maintaining a feeling of security in the com-
munity.
(v) Protection of weaker sections of the society.
(vi) Helping in natural calamities, emergencies
and disasters as the first responders.
(vii) Retaining effective working relations with
every sub-system of the criminal justice sys-
tem.
(d) False
(e) False
share in the family’s agricultural land. The daughter
is allotted the same share as allotted to a son. The
Government passed this Act to remove gender
discriminatory provisions in the Hindu Succession
Act of 1956.
5. One has to register FIR (First Information Report)
in the police station that comes under their area.
Every police station has an area which comes under
its control. People living in that area can report the
police about any theft, accident, injury, etc. It is
investigate and take action on the cases within its
qqq
P-105
CHAPTER
SECTION
B
7 URBAN ADMINISTRATION
NCERT CORNER
WORKSHEET-201
Solutions
1. The municipality does the following tasks:
(i) to open schools for children.
(ii) to lay down the parks.
(iii) opening hospitals and dispensaries.
(iv) to ensure that the diseases should not break out
in the city.
2. (i) In a Panchayat the elected members are called
........... .
(ii) The city is divided into several ................ .
(iii) In a Municipal Corporation the elected mem-
bers are called ................ .
(iv) Groups of Councillors deal with issues that af-
fect the ................ .
(v) Elections are held once every ......... years for the
Panchayat as well as for the Municipality.
(vi) While the councillors make decisions the ad-
ministrative staff led by the Commissioner
............... these.
Ans. (i) panch
(ii) ward members
(iii) councillors
(iv) ertire city
WORKSHEET-202
Solutions
1. Gangabai was protesting because the garbage was
not being collected from the streets and if it remains
uncollected it will attract dogs, rats and flies. Also
people will get ill from the dump. Even the children
could not play in the streets because their parents
were afraid that they would get sick if they stayed
on the streets too long.
2. Gangabai decided to approach the ward Councillor
because she was elected by them.
3. Gangabai said that you seemed to have enough
trucks to collect garbage from the rich localities.
4. The garbage is collected once in a day, in the early
morning in my locality.
5. It is not the same in all parts of the city because :
(i) The vehicles are parked on the roadside, mak-
ing it difficult for the workers to clean the city.
P-106
(v) five
(vi) implement
3. The Municipal corporation gets its money in many
ways : (i) Property tax, (ii) Water tax, (ii) Other
services tax, (iv) Taxes for education and other
amenities, (v) General taxes.
4. The work that was earlier being done by government
workers is now being done by a private companies.
5. The four children had broken the street light, while
playing a game of cricket. They wanted to know to
whom they should give the money for replacement
of the light. Yasmin Khala has just retired from the
Municipal Corporation and she may be knowing
the answer.
6. The work of the Municipal Corporation affects the
life of the people in the following ways :
(i) It keeps streets and markets clean.
(ii) It collects garbage.
(iii) It takes care of the street lights.
(iv) Looks after the water supply.
7. The Municipal Councillor is elected by the
registered voters of the city for five years. Municipal
Councillor is an elected member of the Municipal
Corporation.
(ii) Municipal Corporation does not have enough
number of workers.
(iii) Sometimes the workers are reluctant to work
and leave the garbage on the road.
(iv) The households throw the garbage on the
streets.
Did you know that your taxes enable the govern-
ment to provide roads,bridges, parks, and street
lights? List three more benefits that taxes help in
funding, after discussing with family:
6. The main sources of income for the Municipal
Corporation are :
(i) Taxes from hotels, shops, entertainment medi-
ums, cinemas, etc.
(ii) Collection of taxes from the people for provid-
ing various services e.g. water tax, property tax,
etc.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-203
Solutions
1. (a) The second photograph which shows people
pushing trolleys full of garbage after segregating is
a safer way of disposing garbage.
(b) The dangers of collecting garbage in the man-
ner shown in the first photograph are :
(i) People are standing on the garbage heap and
working with bare hands, they are exposed to
all kinds of infections.
(ii) The stray cows and other animals are trying to
find food and they also pollute the land.
(iii) The garbage is not segregated into degradable
and non-degradable materials.
(iv) Pieces of broken glasses can pierce the hands of
the workers and there is also a possibility HIV
germs entering the bodies.
(v) The whole area is filthy and polluted which is
a breeding ground for germs of all kind of dis-
eases.
(c) Slum localities are the places where slum dwell-
ers live. They live in very poor condition in poor
environment and in unhygienic conditions.
They do not have toilets and bathrooms in their
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-204
Solutions
1. (b)
2. (a)
3. The city of Surat had a plague scare in 1994. Surat
was one of the dirtiest cities in India.
4. The main reasons for the epidemic plague in Surat
were the unhealthy sewerage conditions and the
insufficient health infrastructure.
5. Urbanisation means the increase in the proportion of
population of a country who live in the urban areas.
6. According to the Indian Constitution, “the
supervision, direction and control of the preparation
of electoral rolls for the conduct of all elections of
the Municipalities shall be vested with the State
Election Commission”.
7. Garbage and dirt lying over roads and streets if
remain uncollected, attract flies, rats, dogs, etc. and
this harms the people. People get sick from the foul
smell. After a certain point, movement of people
and playing of children gets stopped due to the
fear of illness. So, to save the people from diseases,
regular cleaning is required.
S OLUT I ONS
homes. The garbage is spread all over the places
and in still water. It becomes breeding ground
for many diseases. They do not have medical
facilities. In such conditions, epidemics may
spread. So, the Municipal Corporation should
spend more money on such localities.
2. It is the responsibility of the Municipal Corporation
that it should provide the poor in the city with
the same facilities that the rich get else they feel
neglected and discriminated. All people are equal
and everyone has a right to live. The poor are
unable to get many facilities themselves, like the
rich can get, e.g. the rich can buy bottles of mineral
water if the water is not available or they can afford
generating sets if electric current is disrupted The
poor depend only on the Municipal Corporation for
most of their needs.
3. The reasons given by the Municipal Corporation
not to clean the slums are :
(i) Slum dwellers do not pay any taxes.
(ii) The corporation says that land on which the
poor have set up their homes does not belong
to them.
8. The sources of income of the Municipalities are
very limited while the expenditure is more than the
income. So, the State governments give grants to
the Municipalities.
9. The following qualifications are needed to become
a member of the Municipality :
(i) His minimum age should be 25 years.
(ii) He should not be mad, a bankrupt or a criminal.
10. Every corporation has a Chief Executive Officer.
He is not elected by the people, but appointed
by the State Government. His main function
is to implement the decisions of the Municipal
Corporation. He supervises the work of engineers,
doctors and educationists.
11. The important functions of Ward Committee are as
follows :
(i) Supervision of the overall Municipal work.
(ii) Fulfil water and sanitation requirements.
(iii) Identification of slums and their upgradation.
(iv) Public health – information dissemination.
(v) Environment protection.
(vi) Supervision of public physical infrastructure
like hospitals, schools and roads.
P-107
 WORKSHEET-205
Solutions
1. (a)
2. (a)
3. Public amenities are facilities or benefits
continuously offered to the general public for their
use or enjoyment, with or without any charge for
example, the essential services like arrangement of
drinking water, lights, hospitals, education, etc.  8. In Judicial administration, there are two types of
4. A District Collector is a Central Indian Government
Officer who is in charge of the governance of a
district in a State. He is the most powerful official of
the district. the cases of thefts, murders and threat to life and
5. A District Judge is also called the “Metropolitan
Session Judge”. He presides over a District Court in
a city which is designated as a metropolitan area by
the State Government. A Session Judge conducts or
administers the highest Criminal Court in a district.
6. The local bodies of the cities having large population
are called Municipal Corporations. The area of the
work of the Corporation is wider. The number of
elected representatives varies in between 50 to 100.
The day-to-day work is looked after by various
committees.
WORKSHEET-206
Solutions
1. (iii)
2. A Grant-in aid is the aid given to the local bodies by
the government for meeting their expenditures.
3. The presiding officer or the Chairman of a Municipal
Corporation is called a Mayor.
4. The duty levied on goods brought into towns is
called an Octroi.
5. Municipality is the local body of a city having a
large population.
6. Urban administration is necessary to provide basic
amenities like street lights, garbage collection,
water supply, keeping the streets and markets
clean, collecting house tax and water taxes, etc. It is
responsible for cleaning the city’s drainage system,
maintenance of parks and markets. It has made
possible the regulation of the urban development
and local management of civil facilities.
7. For providing and running several services, the
Municipality needs a lot of money. The Municipal
Corporation collects it in diverse ways. A tax is a sum
of money that people pay to the government for the
P-108
7. The two functions of District Administration is to
maintain land records and to release land revenue.
For this purpose, the Tehsildar, Naib Tehsildar,
Kanungo and Lekhpal assist the Collector. He
also provides relief when unforeseen situations as
epidemics and famines occur. All police officers
work under the supervision of the Collector to
maintain law and order.
courts named Civil and the Criminal Courts. The
Civil Courts deal with cases related to property and
money. It consists of a District Judge, a Civil Judge
and a Munsif. However, the Criminal Courts hear
property.
9. Five functions of the Municipalities are as follows :
(i) Supplying adequate drinking water.
(ii) Providing and maintaining drainage and sew-
age systems.
(iii) Maintenance of public street lighting.
(iv) Construction and maintenance of bus termi-
nals, roads and bridges.
(v) Maintenance of birth and death records.
services the government supplies. People who own
homes have to pay a property tax as well as taxes for
water and other services. The larger the house the
more the tax, i.e., tax according to quantity. Property
levies however form 25-30 percent of the total
money that a Municipal Corporation earns. There
are taxes for education. Taxes like entertainment tax
on tickets, etc. are also levied. Rich people account
for property taxes while wider population pays
more general taxes.
8. It is the duty of the District Collector to provide
various civic amenities and public services. The
district authority repairs and maintains roads and
highways as well. He improves transport facilities,
opens hospitals and dispensaries and maintains
government buildings. In the recent years, his major
task has been to promote education development
programmes. There is a special department for the
construction, repair and maintenance of roads. He
also supervises and gives direction for the working
of the Panchayati Raj. The Collector has the power to
suspend any member who is misusing his authority
by sending the report to the State Government.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-207
Solutions
1. (a) departments to help them make decisions. Both the Councillors
(b) 1994
(c) dirtiest cities the Municipality. Once the Council has reached a
(d) bigger
(e) Ward Councillors
(f) Councillors
(g) Commissioner, administrative
(h) particular demands
(i) Municipal Corporation
2. If an urban habitat is having a population between
ten thousand to twenty thousand then it should be
a town.
3. The four famous metropolitan cities in India are
Chennai, Delhi, Kolkata and Mumbai.
4. Councillors are elected by the people and hold
their positions only if they are re-elected. Officials
are appointed on the bases of merit by the council
Management to specified jobs within the municipal
administration and they are like any other
employee in a job. Officials possess the knowledge
and skills on the technical and specialised aspects of
municipal affairs. Councillors who don’t have this
knowledge have to rely on the reports of the officials
and officials decide the policies and directions of
decision then officials are expected to carry these
out in the most efficient and cost-effective manner.
5. The Mayor in a Municipal Corporation is a State
appointed officer, chosen through direct vote for a
term of five years. He lacks executive authority. The
Municipal Commissioner serves as the Principal
Executive Officer, subject to the power and
administration of the Mayor as the Chief Executive
Officer.
6. The local bodies cannot work without the permission
of the State Governments. The State Government
keeps a strict watch on the financial grants that are
given to the local bodies. It should get the permission
of the State for levying any new tax and for getting
public loans. A State Government can dissolve any
Municipality or Municipal Corporation if it is not
satisfied with its performance. The main function
of the local bodies and the state government is to
promote the welfare of the people.

WORKSHEET-208
Solutions services of a district are under the Chief Medical
Surgeon. He supervises all the hospitals and
1. (a) (iv) dispensaries of the district. Doctors, compounders
(b) (v) and nurses assist the C.M.O. in his work. The
(c) (i) Education Department of the district is looked
(d) (ii) after by the District Inspector of Schools. He makes
(e) (iii. frequent inspections to the schools and looks after
2. (a) True the Education Department.
(b) True 5.
The Chief Executive Officer in a Municipal
(c) False Corporation is also known as the Municipal
(d) False Commissioner. The State Government appoints this
person. The Executive Officer acts as a link between
(e) False
the State Government and Municipal Corporation.
3. The District Magistrate or the District Collector
Various officers in charge of departments like those
maintains peace, law and order in the district. He
supervises the actions taken by all police officers in charge of health, education, engineering and
including the Superintendent of Police and Station sanitation help him or her in this work. The Municipal
House Officer in a number of issues relating to law Commissioner co-ordinates in their work and has
and order. In case of riots in a city or a village if the power to appoint lower level employees. He/she
situation worsens he can impose curfew and can is the head of the executive branch of the Municipal
prohibit meetings and proceedings. Corporation. The Municipal Commissioner has all
4. District Education Officer and the District Civil the executive powers. The day–to-day work of the
Surgeon are two important officers. The health Municipal Corporations is carried out with the help
of a number of committees.
qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-109

CHAPTER
SECTION

B
8 RURAL LIVELIHOODS

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-209
Solutions (ii) She goes to the nearby forest to collect firewood
and fetch water.
1. The work that people are doing includes : (iii) Thulasi works in the paddy field from 8:30 in
(i) Labourers, carrying loads the morning till 4:30 in the evening. She trans-
(ii) Masons plants the paddy, when they have grown a lit-
tle.
(iii) Hawkers
Raman’s work :
(iv) Fishing
(i) Raman is a labourer. He sprays pesticide on the
(v) Plucking fruits and vegetables sapling.
(vi) People supervising the work in the field (ii) He also helps to get grocery for the household.
(vii) Labourers working in the fields. (iii) When there is no work on the farm, he finds
2. work of loading sand from the river or stone
S. Work Related to Work not Related from the quarry.
6. The non-farm work in which the people of Kalpattu
No. Farming to Farming engaged are :
(i) Labourers working in
Labourers (i) People are engaged in making baskets, utensils,
the fields carrying loads pots, bricks.
(ii) Plucking fruits and
Masons (ii) People who provide services like blacksmiths,
washermen, weavers, teachers and nurses.
vegetables hawkers (iii) Shopkeepers like tea shops, barber shops.
fishing (iv) Repair shops.
3. Students should do it themselves. (v) Construction workers and lorry drivers.
4. No, Thulasi earns money only in 7 months, for 7. If I take loan from the bank for an engine, I’ll get an
remaining 5 months, she has no work. additional share of the engine and by using engine
5. Thulasi’s work : on the catamaran, I can go far into the sea and get a
(i) She does all the work at home like cooking, better catch.
cleaning the house and washing clothes.

WORKSHEET-210
Solutions
1. Agricultural labourers are forced to work for petty
wages because there is no other kind of work in the
village. Secondly, the labourers have the assurance
that they will be again called back to work:
2. If Thulasi had owned some farmland she would
have cultivated her field, with little outside help
at the time of harvesting. The whole produce and
money She got after selling would have belonged
to her. If she had purchased seeds and fertilizers for
land from the traders, she would have paid it back.
3. Wheat is cultivated in my region. The labourers do
the following works :
(i) Ploughing the field.
(ii) Planting the sapling.
(iii) Filling the fields with water.
(iv) Transplanting the sapling.
(v) Weeding and harvesting.
4. Sekar owns a very small plot of land and it is
cultivated by him and his family. If outside help is
needed at the time of harvesting, he exchanges his
labour with the other farmers.
5. Sekar does not go to the town market to get a better
price for his paddy because he gets about 60 bags
of paddy. Some of this will be sold to settle the loan
and rest will be used at home. He does not have a
surplus to sell.
6. The people who depend on farming are :
(i) Land owners, who have their farms and em-
ploy workers to work on their fields.
(ii) Fanners with small plots on land, who do all
their work themselves. Sometime, they take
the help of other farmers, and in exchange, they
help them to harvest their fields.
(iii) Landless labourers, who work on the land of
others.
The poorest among them are landless who work
very hard but are unable to meet their needs. The
landless labourers are out of work for a few months
in a year, when there is no work in the field.

P-110 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-211
Solutions
1. Mina : (Is sitting near her hut and the traders agent
has come. There is fear in her eyes. When the agent
arrives she greets him politely and asks him to sit.
Agent : You have collected the paddy from the
field, I have come to buy it. After deducting the
money taken by you as loan, the rest of money will
be given to you.
Mina : I do not want to sell my paddy to you.
Agent : (In anger) Why ? You do not have to go the
market to sell it. I will save your time.
Mina : The market price is more and you are paying
less.
Agent : Aha ! We gave money when you needed
and not the market. I will buy your paddy.
2. The difference between Sekar and Thulasi’s lives
are given below :
S.No. Thulasi Sekar
(i) When Thulasi took He takes loans from the
loan, her daughter traders and to pay back
was ill; she had to sell
the loans, he has to sell
her cow. the paddy at a lower
price.
(ii) She does not own He owns a plot of land
any plot of land, she which is about 2 acres in
works for big land area and works on his
owners. own.
WORKSHEET-212
Solutions
1. In India, about 2/5 rural families are agricultural
Differences :
labourers and what they earn is not sufficient to
meet the expenses of the family. To improve their
conditions, the government has to take necessary
steps, e.g. to provide land, provide credit on easy
terms and give high yielding variety of seeds,
fertilizers, pesticides, etc; help them in marketing
their produce.
2. Both Sekar’s and Aruna’s families have to borrow
because Sekar’s family owns about 2 acres of land
and produces about 60 bags of paddy, which is not
sufficient for his family. So he has to borrow money.
Aruna’s family has to borrow money because four
months in a year are breeding season and men
cannot go to the sea.
Similarities :
(i) Both are under the clutches of the traders, from
whom they have borrowed money.
S OLUT I ONS
The similarities between Sekar and Thulasi’s live
are :
(i) Both have to work to get additional money
Sekar works for Ramalingam and Thulasi has
to do household chores like collecting firewood
and fetching water.
(ii) Both are labourers and work on the land.
(iii) They work from morning till evening in the
paddy fields. They have to repay loans.
3. (i) He has only two acres of land.
(ii) Ramalingam uses his paddy crop in his rice mill
and then rice is produced.
(iii) By money landing, trading and through rice
mill.
4. To improve the condition of the landless labourers
and farmers the government can :
(i) Provide water and electricity.
(i) Provides them with High Yielding Variety
(HYV) of seeds, pesticides, fertilizers, etc.
(iii) Give land which can be cultivated either indi-
vidually or by a group of families.
(iv) Give credit and loans to the farmers on easy
terms, i.e., less rate of interest.
(ii) Both have to work very hard, from morning till
evening to earn their livelihoods.
(i) Sekar has to do additional work.
(ii) Sekar is a small farmer and Aruna is a fisher women.
3. Tsunami is a Japanese word. It is made of two
smaller words ‘Tsu’ and ‘Nami’.
Tsunami is a killer wave. When the waves reach the
coast they increase both in height and speed. They
cause wide destruction, wash away the villages.
The villages are flooded with water debris floating
on the water. It takes away everything which comes
in its way.
The fishermen who live near the coast, may lose
the huts and belongings. Many family members
lose their lives and many children become either,
orphaned or separated from their family.
4. The government can give loans to the farmers,
through the rural banks on easy terms, i.e., less rate
of interest.
P-111
 5.
Situation Sekar Ramalingam
Land cultivated Land is about 2 acres wns about 20 acres of land.
o
Labour required work on their own employs other labourers
Loans required take loans from traders no loans
Selling of harvest some of it is used by home consumption harvest is sold in the village and nearby
and some sold to the traders. towns.
Other work done by them. working in the rice mill, selling milk. shop, selling seeds and pesticides.

OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS

WORKSHEET-213
Solutions
1. (a)
2. (a)
3. Kalpattu is a village close to the sea coast of Tamil
Nadu.
4. The crops grown in Kalpattu village are paddy,
coconut, cotton and sugarcane. Mango orchards are
also found in this village.
5. The term ‘bank’ is ordinarily applied to an institution
which receives deposits of money or of credit and
which seeks profits through the extension or sale of
its own credit.
6. Private debt means loans which an individual takes
for his/her personal consumption from other people
or institutions.
7. Seasonal unemployment is found basically in the
agricultural sector. In the industrial sector, people
are employed normally for all the days in a year.
But this is not true for agriculture. This is due to the
fact that agricultural operations require labour only
during certain seasons. In between the seasons,
the workers in agriculture remain idle or have no
productive work to be engaged in.
8. People in villages near in coastal areas earn their
livelihood by fishing. Their houses are close to the
sea and one finds rows of catamarans and nets lying
around. At about 7 a.m., there are lot of activities
on the beach and this is the time when catamarans
return with their catch and women gather to buy
and sell fish.
9. During the monsoon season, the fishermen cannot
go to the sea because it is when the fish breed. These
months are the most difficult ones. They survive by
borrowing money from traders. Because of this,
they face the problem of selling fish to traders the
low prices and cannot do their own auctions.
10. The main causes for the backwardness of the Indian
agriculture are as follows :
(i) Small and fragmented land holdings.
(ii) Vicious circle of poverty.
(iii) Excessive dependence on monsoons.
(iv) No scientific method of cultivation.
(v) Floods and droughts.

WORKSHEET-214
Solutions
1. (d)
2. (a)
3. Pudupet village is situated in Tamil Nadu on the
coastal line.
4. The economy of India is based on planning through
its Five Year Plans, developed and executed by the
Planning Commission of India.
5. There are three units of civic life, namely, the family,
school and the neighbourhood.
6. Nearly 65% of Indians live in the villages.
7. The major cause of poverty among India’s rural
people is the lack of access to productive assets and
financial resources. High level of illiteracy and lack
of adequate health facilities are also responsible for
the poor staying poor in rural India.
8. Poverty and illiteracy are the two main factors
responsible for the sufferings of farmers in rural
India. A large proportion of poor people live in
rural areas. Poverty remains a chronic condition for
30% of India’s rural population.
9. Terrace farming is practiced in hilly areas. It helps
in stopping soil erosion. The land is cut into steps.
Sikkim and Nagaland are the two states where
terrace farming is extensively used.

P-112 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 10. Yes, there are self-help programmes available for
the fishing community. The programmes make sure
that at least one member in each family should be
engaged in a profession. It also facilitates training
in tailoring, nursing, driving, education, handicrafts
and repair of electronic gadgets.
11.
With the arrival of electricity, the output of
agricultural produce has greatly increased. Tube-
WORKSHEET-215
Solutions
1. (b)
2. Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru was the first Prime
Minister to present the Five Year Plan in the
Parliament of India in 1951. (ii) Most of the farmers have small holdings which
3. Agriculture is the main occupation of the people of
Indian villages. They also engage in other occupations
like fishing, farming, cottage industry, etc.
4. The citizens of a country are bound to do certain
work according to the rules of society and rules of
the land which are called citizen duties.
5. There are nearly 5, 50,000 villages in our country. at cheaper rates.
6. Shekar’s family had just finished the harvesting. He
is the owner of two acres of land and manages to do
all the work in the field with the help of his family
members. It is subsistence agriculture for which
outside labourers are not required.
7. Shekar borrows seeds and fertilisers as loan from a
trader. To return his loan, he had to sell his paddy
to the trader at a lower price. Therefore, Shekar is
not able to go the town market to get a better price
for his paddy.
8. The three problems faced by the Indian farmers
are :
WORKSHEET-216
Solutions
1. (a) Chizami (i) Increase in population.
(b Chakhesang
(c) forest, animal husbandry (iii) Increased indebtedness.
(d) mahua, tendu, leaves, honey
(e) two fifths
(f) trader, fertilizers
(g) good quality
(h) monsoon
(i) traders
(j) Kalpattu, Tamilnadu
(k) irrigated lands over. This goes on for several days until the job is
(l) agriculture
(m) rural areas
(n) different crops
(o) requirement, market
S OLUT I ONS
wells driven by electricity helps in irrigating land.
Besides agriculture, electrification has also helped
in the industrial development of villages. Various
comforts of life (such as radio, television, etc.) are
made available to the villagers. Also, entertainment
and education is brought to the doorsteps of the
villagers by means television and radio. Thus, the
living standard of the villagers has improved.
(i) Lack of availability of water for irrigation. The
high yielding variety of seeds, chemical fertiliz-
ers, insecticides, pesticides, etc., are very expen-
sive and the farmers find it difficult to purchase
them.
are uneconomical.
(iii) In case of a crop failure, it becomes difficult in
paying off the loans taken from the banks and
private money lenders. In order to pay the
debts, they are compelled to sell their produce
9. Zamindar was an official employed by the Mughals
to collect taxes from peasants. The practice was
continued under the British rule. The Zamindar was
considered as the landlord and he would collect all
taxes on his lands and then hand over the collected
taxes to the British authorities. The Zamindars
exploited the tillers and took for themselves a major
share of the produce and the peasant was left with
very little. Thus, they had to borrow money from
the Zamindars and in return, they served them
as bonded labour till the debt was repaid. After
independence, the Government of India abolished
both the systems.
2. The causes for the growth of agricultural labourers
are as follows :
(ii) Decline of cottage and handicraft industries.
(iv) Eviction of small farmers and tenants from the
land.
3. The people of Chizami have their own individual
fields but they also work collectively in each other’s
fields. They form groups of six or eight and take an
entire mountain side to clean the weeds on it. All
groups eat together once their work for the day is
completed.
4. Most of the time, small farmers like Chotu have to
borrow money to purchase seeds, fertilisers and
pesticides. They borrow money from rich farmers,
P-113
 shopkeepers, traders or moneylenders. Sometimes,
either the seeds are not of good quality or pests
attack them due to which crops get ruined. Failure
of monsoon or untimely rainfall damages crops. In
such a situation, farmers are unable to pay back their
loans. Farmers also borrow money for marriage or
any other social functions in the family. Many a
times, they borrow money to purchase food items
and to manage other daily expenditures. 

WORKSHEET-217
Solutions houses are close to the sea and are surrounded
by catamarans and nets. Early in the morning,
1. (a) (iii) fishermen with their catamarans get into the sea for
(b) (v) fishing and in the evening the catamarans return
(c) (i) with their catch. Women gather to buy them and
(d) (ii) later, they sell their fish in the local market.
(e) (iv) 7. Before independence, our villages were extremely
2. (a) False backward. Most of the villages did not have modern
(b) True facilities of irrigation. Farmers were mostly illiterate
(c) True and superstitious. They did not have a scientific
(d) True outlook and old methods of cultivation were
(e) False followed. Zamindars or the British Government
3. Our civic life depends upon cooperation and paid no heed towards the improvement of the
discipline. farmers. People were mostly poor, though they
4. A family is the smallest unit of a community. It worked hard.
is the most important unit in a society. A good
8. Sixty five percent of our population lives in villages.
community, nation or country begins from home.
Agriculture is the main occupation. Most of the
5. Selling milk to the village cooperative is also an
villages are at a distance from cities. The houses of
important source of livelihood for some families in
villages. our villages are mostly made of mud, have thatched
6. People in Pudupet earn their living by fishing. Their roofs and the people keep cattle at home. Some
villages lack proper medical aid.
qqq

P-114 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
9 URBAN LIVELIHOODS

NCERT CORNER

WORKSHEET-218
Solutions which are occupied by vendors and pavement
shops.
1. Illustration is a busy street scene in a city, with
4. (i) They depend upon the local tea shops or other
hawkers and vendors. Various types of vehicles places to keep their belonging for safe keeping.
like buses, cycles and rickshaws are playing on the (ii) They live frugally on the street and hardly have
roads. The people are busy buying goods and some anything to eat.
people are trying to board the bus. (iii) These workers are either daily wage earners or
2. The people in the rural areas mostly work in the they are self employed in carrying loads or pull-
fields or they go to catch fish, which is sold by the ing carts and rickshaws. If they are sick, they
women folk. In the cities there are hawkers and cannot work on those days.
vendors, rickshaw pullers and vegetable sellers, etc. (iv) May be that during the rainy season they pay
3. Some parts of the city have high rise buildings. for the night shelter.
Some parts of the city are crowded and congested,
5.
Work on
S. Security of Benefits
Name Place of work Earnings their own or
No. work received
employed
(i) Bachchu Manjhi Cycle Rickshaw ` 100/- a day — — orks on his
W
puller, own.
stands on the
road side to find
passengers.
(ii) Harpreet A show Earnings are — — ork on their
W
Vandana room, selling good, they own
readymade have a car and
clothes have booked a
flat
(iii) Nirmala A tailor in an 80/- + 40/- for No security Employed
export garment working late Savings for old
factory age
(iv) Sudha Company ` 30,000 p.m. Holidays, Permanent Employed
medical facilities worker
Bachchu Manjhi is a rickshaw puller, his income is then she will be asked to leave.
low and he has to save for his family, who lives in Sudha is a marketing manager, looks after the sales
the village. He carries people in his rickshaw. and marketing of biscuits. She tries to increase the
Harpreet and Vandana have their own showroom sales. She gets holidays, medical benefits upto a
they buy goods from different places and advertise certain limit, a part of her salary is kept with the
their goods over the TV. Nirmala is a tailor, she government, and on it she gets interest. When she
works for long hours, and gets extra payment. The will retire, she will get this money back along with
factory reduces its work by that month of June and interest.

S OLUT I ONS P-115

 WORKSHEET-219
Solutions
1. Bachchu Manjhi came to the city to find work. He
did not get masonry work regularly. The income
that he earned was not sufficient to sustain his
family.
2. Bachchu Manjhi cannot live with his family because
he lives in a rented room with his friends.
3. A vegetable vendor :
(i) Early in the morning he goes to the vegetable
mandi and buys seasonal vegetables in large
quantities. He also buys some special vegeta-
bles, but in smaller proportion.
(ii) He brings the vegetables and cleans them with
water and arranges different vegetables like to-
matoes, cauliflowers, carrots and cucumbers in
baskets at the stall so that people can see what
vegetables are available.
(iii) He sits in the stall with his balance and money
box and waits for the customer.
(iv) He tells the price of each vegetable, when the
customers ask for. Sometimes, these is haggling
and he reduces the price for the regular custom-
ers. He also gives oof celery and green chillies in
the winter season and when the vegetables are
purchased in large quantities.
WORKSHEET-220
Solutions
1. Bachchu Manjhi is a rickshaw puller and earns
about ` 100/- a day. If he takes leave he will not be
able to earn money for himself and his family.
2. Harpreet and Vandana opened a show-room, as
the format of business had changed, the people
preferred to buy readymade clothes, rather than
have them stitched because now the trend is of
readymade garments. Vandana is a dress designer.
Harpreet knows how to manage the shop.
(i) They buy things from different places and
clothing materials from Mumbai, Ahmedabad,
Ludhiana and Tripura. Some materials also
come from Noida and Gurgaon, towns near
Delhi. Some dress items are also purchased
from foreign countries.
(ii) Advertisements have to be put in the news-
papers, cinema theatres, televisions and radio
channels.
(iii) To run the showroom, the garments are attrac-
tively displayed.
3. The shopkeeper purchases goods from different
places and tries to have a variety and latest
goods introduced in the market. He displays and
advertises his goods. He is polite to the customers.
P-116
(v) In the afternoon he covers the vegetables with
wet jute cloth.
(vi) Sometimes he gives extra services, like peeling
the vegetables, or sending the vegetables to the
customer’s house (home delivery). He phones
customers and receives order from them.
Hawker : The hawker is a person who arranges his
wares on a trolley and goes from place to place to
sell them. He also gives a loud call, from time to
time, to attract the attention of the people.
(i) He buys the articles like water bottles, lunch
boxes, small toys, hair-pins and clips from a
nearby factory. He also displays some kid’s gar-
ments which are taken on loan from the factory.
If he is not able to sell them, he returns them to
the factory.
(ii) The people come, they see the goods, ask the
price, open and close the boxes. of garments to
have a look. Sometimes they try the garment,
but they do not buy them. It becomes very dis-
appointing for him and he again rearranges
them.
(iii) One has to be very careful with the probable
customers because they some times try to steal
things.
(iv) At night, the articles have to be neatly packed
and stored in a cupboard like box below the
trolley.
He also hears to the genuine complaints of the
customer and sometimes replaces the articles. There
is a tough competition in the market, and so the
shopkeepers give discounts and organise sales.
4. A casual worker gets a daily wage. The day on
which he does not work, he cannot get any wages.
There are no holidays and other benefits for the
old age. He works for long hours in order to get
extra wages. In case of permanent and regular job
worker, he gets a handsome salary for employment,
gets medical facilities and other amenities with job
security.
5. The benefits which Sudha gets along with her salary
are :
(i) Sunday and National days are holidays.
(ii) She also gets some days as annual leaves.
(iii) Medical benefits upto a certain limit for her and
her family; she will set medical leaves if she falls
ill.
(iv) Savings for the old age → A part of her salary
is kept in a fund with the government. She will
earn interest on these savings. When she retires
from his job, she will get this money along with
interest and she can live a good life on that.
She is a permanent worker with the company. She
can expect her job for a long period of time.
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 WORKSHEET-221
Solutions
1. The differences’ between those who sell on the
street and those in the market are :
On the street :
(i) They work on their own. They are not em-
ployed by anyone and therefore they have to
organise their own work.
(ii) They have to plan how much to purchase, as
well as where and how to set up their shops.
(iii) Their shops are usually temporary structures,
sometimes just some boards or papers spread
over discarded boxes or may be a canvas sheet
hung on a few poles.
(iv) They may also have their own carts or simply a
plastic sheet spread on the pavement.
(v) The police may ask them to dismantle their
shops at any time.
(vi) They have no security, they may not be allowed
in some parts of the city.
On the market :
(i) In the market, the shops may be small or large,
they sell various things.
(ii) Most businessmen manage their own shops or
business. They are not employed by anyone.
WORKSHEET-222
Solutions
1. The working conditions of people like Nirmala are :
Working hours : They have long working hours, 12
hours a day. They start working at 9 am and finish
only by 10 pm, sometimes even later. She works for
6 days a week. At times, when there is more work,
or there is an urgent need, she works on Sundays
also.
Conditions in the work place : The working place
is a small workshop, people were working in a
small room on sewing machines, where cloths were
being stitched. Clothe that have been stitched were
stocked on one side of the room.
Earning : The workers are paid ` 80 a day for eight
hours and ` 40 extra for working late. There is no
job security.
OTHER IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
WORKSHEET-223
Solutions
1. (b)
2. Call Centres are usually set up as large rooms
S OLUT I ONS
(iii) The shop owners employ a number of other
workers as supervisors or helpers.
(iv) These are permanent shops that are given a li-
cence to do business by the Municipal Corpora-
tion.
(v) The Municipal Corporation also decides on
which day, the market has to remain closed.
2. The small workshops and factories employ casual
workers because these workshops get older
machine from abroad or from some other dealers.
When there is more work, they employ more
workers. When there is no work, they dismiss the
casual workers.
3.
Name of the shop or Nature of the service
office provided
Tony General Store Grocery items
Ram Dairy Milk Supply
NDPL Electricity Supply
DJB Water Supply
Ram Associates Consultancy
Days of work available : The casual workers like
Nirmala are employed when there is no more work
depending upon the season or when orders are
received. For some months, in a year there is no
work.
2. Domestic workers like housemaids are not casual
workers. They get monthly payment, food and
house to live. They may also be given some medical
help, when needed. They work throughout the
year.
The work-day for the housemaids starts early in the
morning. They perform all household works like
cleaning the house washing clothes, cooking food
and cleaning the utensils. They may get some rest
hours in the afternoon. The working hours ends at
about 10 pm.
with working stations that includes a computer,
a telephone set and supervisor’s stations. All
computers are linked to a mother computer (server).
P-117
 3. A market is a place where buyers and sellers meet
to exchange their goods and services. The markets
may be in one specific place like Khan market in
South Delhi or do not exist physically at all like
online shopping (Internet). satisfaction. Whereas, selling is concerned merely
4. The art of zari work is centered in Bhopal, the
capital city of Madhya Pradesh which is known for
its rich heritage of art and craft. This art has been
predominant here for the last 300 years. Apart from
Bhopal, it is practiced extensively in Gwalior and
Indore.
5. ‘Labour chowk’ is a place where daily wage
labourers assemble to be hired by an employer.
These labourers work as helpers to masons. They
dig at construction sites, lift loads or unload trucks
in the market, dig pipelines and telephone cables
and also build roads. There are thousands of such
casual labourers who work in a city.
WORKSHEET-224
Solutions
1. (c)
2. Street vendor is a retail salesperson without an
established place of business. Vendors sell things
that are regularly prepared at home by their
families. For example, those who sell food or snacks
on the streets, prepare most of these at home.
3. The price of a good depends on its demand and
supply. If the demand is more and the supply is
less, the price is likely to be high and vice-versa.
4. The street vendors sell things that are prepared at
home by their families, like a vendor selling food
or snacks on the street prepares most of these at
home.
5. A market place is a location where goods and
services are exchanged. It is an arrangement that
allows buyers and sellers to exchange things.
6. The casual workers are the workers who are
employed on a temporary basis with generally
limited entitlements to benefits and little or no
security of employment. The main feature is the
absence of a continuing relationship of any stability
with an employer, which could lead to their not
being considered ‘employees’ at all.
7. Markets initially started as market-places usually in
the hub of villages and towns for the sale or barter
WORKSHEET-225
Solutions
1. (a)
2. Shops in the market place are permanent whereas
shops on the street are temporary. Street shop
P-118
6. Marketing emphasises selling of satisfaction
rather than selling a product or service. The basic
objective is to find out what the customer wants
and to ensure that they get the maximum possible
with the transfer of goods which the seller has
already produced. Marketing focuses on the needs
of the buyer and selling, on the needs of the seller.
7. Small workshops and factories need casual workers
for big profits and less investment. Casual workers
are called for when the employer needs them. They
are employed when the employer gets large orders
or during certain seasons. If they complain about
their pay or working conditions, they are asked
to leave any time. They are also expected to work
for very long hours. If there is the need to finish
same work urgently then these workers are called
for work even on Sundays. All these factors are in
favour of small workshops and factories. Therefore,
they employ casual workers.
of farm produce, clothing and day-to-day items.
These kinds of street markets developed into a
whole variety of consumer-oriented markets, such
as shopping centers, supermarkets or even online
markets (internet).
8. The local bodies that look after the problems of the
urban areas are :
(i) Municipal Corporations,
(ii) Municipalities, and
(iii) Town Area Committees.
(i) Municipal Corporations : These are the local
governing bodies of big cities such as Delhi,
Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, etc. The main functions
of the Municipal Corporations are providing public
health and sanitation, making arrangement for
vaccination, supply of safe drinking water, clearing
and disposal of garbage, cleaning roads, drains and
public toilets.
(ii) Municipalities : Smaller towns and cities with
population ranging between 20,000-5,00,000 have
Municipalities as the local government body.
(iii) Town Area Committees : Municipalities and
Municipal Corporations carry their day-to-day
work with the help of a number of committees such
as the Education Committee, the Public Health
Committee and the District Planning Committee.
owners sell their homemade things but shop
owners in the market place buy materials from the
wholesale sellers and sell it at their shops.
3. Wholesale involves buying goods in large quantities
and selling them in large quantities usually to
S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI
 customers, who buy goods to resell in the retail 5. We need food, clothes, shelter and other facilities
market to the ultimate consumers. for our living. We cannot meet all our needs alone
4. The two functions that are performed by labels are  : and so, we have to depend on others such as our
promoting sales and identification of a product. parents, neighbours, workers, traders, etc., for the
fulfillment of our needs.
6. The differences between a Family and a Community are given below :

S.No. A Family A Community

(i) It is the smallest unit of civic life.
(ii) Consists of parents and children.
(iii) Parents manage affairs.
7. Un-organised sector is characterised by low wages,
long hours of work and lack of job security. People
prefer to work in an organised sectors because of
the following reasons :
(i) Workers enjoy security of employment.
(ii) There are fixed number of working hours. If
workers work more, they have to be paid over-
time by the employer.
It is the biggest unit of civic life.
Consists of people living in one place, district or country.
Here, local bodies manage their affairs.
(iii) Employees of the organised sectors are entitled
to medical leaves, payment during holidays,
provident fund, etc.
(iv) Workers also get medical benefits and under
the laws, factory manager has to ensure the
provision of facilities like drinking water and a
safe working environment.

WORKSHEET-226
Solutions
1. (d)
2. The Municipal Corporation decides the day of the
weekly market.
3. A showroom is a large area used to display goods
for sale such as home appliances, leather goods,
food items, automobiles, cosmetic, furnitures,
carpets, etc.
4. Products which are purchased by the ultimate
consumers or users for satisfying their personal
needs and desires are referred to as consumer
products, e.g., soap.
5. Shops in permanent buildings incur a lot of
expenditure—pay rent and tax, employ workers,
etc. In temporary shops, goods are stored at homes
only. Workers are not employed because they are
helped by family members. Subsequently, goods
sold in permanent shops are costlier than the
temporary shops.
6. The working conditions of the non-permanent
workers are very depressing. They are given very
minimum pay for their work and if they complain
about their pay, they are asked to leave the job.
There is no job security or protection and even,
there is ill treatment. They are also expected to work
for very long hours. For example, in the cloth mill
units, the workers work on day and night shifts,
with each shift lasting for 12 hours. One worker
works on one machine for 12 hours and then is
replaced by another on the same machine for the
next 12 hours.
7. The main problems faced by the vendors are :
(i) Shops are usually temporary in structures.
(ii) Dismantling of their shops any time by the police.
(iii) They have no security.
(iv) There are certain parts of the city where these
vendors are not allowed to enter.

WORKSHEET-227
Solutions (j) offices
2. A citizen is a person who has full rights and
1. (a) twenty seven performs some duties in a state. He is required
(b) Manjhi to take part in the formation of the government
(c) Ahmedabad directly or indirectly.
(d) call centres 3. During festival seasons, markets are crowded with
(e) consumers people and many new shops are opened to meet
(f) street vendors the needs of the people. There are rows of shops
(g) Hawking zones selling sweets, toys, clothes, footwear, utensils,
(h) Municipal Corporation electronic goods, etc.
(i) call centres

S OLUT I ONS P-119

 4. Differences between Civic life and Civic sense are given below :

S.No. Civic Life Civic Sense

(i) The activities that take place in the family, To understand what civic life means and how it can
school and in neighbourhood houses are be lived happily for the good of the society as a whole
called civic life. is called civic sense.
(ii) It is important in today’s world. It is necessary for every citizen.

WORKSHEET-228
Solutions becomes more complex, the government becomes
more organised. They have made laws to regulate
1. (a) (ii) and control the activities of the people. We should
(b) (iv) co-operate with our government and abide by all
(c) (v) the rules and regulations.
(d) (iii) 5. Challenges faced by rural women :
(e) (i) (i) Poor resource base and resource quality (small
2. (a) False or no agricultural land and water).
(b) True (ii) Illiteracy and lack of skill.
(c) True (iii) Lack of awareness on different government
(d) False schemes and programmes.
(e) False (iv) Lack of knowledge of disasters.
3. A showroom is a large area used to display goods Challenges faced by urban women :
for sale such as home appliances, leather goods, (i) Lack of employment and irregular jobs.
food items, automobiles, cosmetic, furnitures, (ii) Lack of job security and low wages.
carpets, etc. (iii) Lack of sufficient and timely credit support sys-
4. The progress of all human beings is the result of tem for petty trades.
living and working together. Cooperation has (iv) Fear of eviction by police and civic bodies.
helped humans march towards progress and (v) Congested and hazardous working conditions.
prosperity. As the population increases and life
qqq

P-120 S O C I A L S C I E N C E - VI